Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Weight and Balance Manual: Including Saab-Fairchild 340A Saab SF 340A Saab 340B

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 328

WEIGHT AND BALANCE MANUAL

Including
Saab–Fairchild 340A
Saab SF 340A
Saab 340B

The technical content of this Weight and Balance Manual (WBM) is


approved under the authority of DOA nr. EASA.21J.066

The content of this document is proprietary and confidential to Saab


Aerotech and may not:

a) be used for any purpose other than those for which it was supplied;
b) be copied or reproduced in whole or in part without the prior written
consent of Saab Aerotech; nor
c) be disclosed to any third party without the prior written consent of
Saab Aerotech

Saab AB (Publ)
Saab Aerotech
Aircraft Services Division
SE–581 88 Linköping
Sweden Telephone: int+46 13 18 26 16 Telefax: int+46 13 18 41 83

Doc. No: 72LKS 3080 Initial Issue: Mar 01/84


Ref. No: SAAB 340 WBM 000
Revision 48 Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

RECORD OF REVISIONS

REV. ISSUE DATE BY REV. ISSUE DATE BY REV. ISSUE DATE BY


No. DATE INSERTED No. DATE INSERTED No. DATE INSERTED

1 Jul 01/84 –––––––– 26 Oct 01/90 ––––––––

2 Oct 01/84 –––––––– 27 Jan 01/91 ––––––––

3 Jan 01/85 –––––––– 28 Apr 01/91 ––––––––

4 Apr 01/85 –––––––– 29 Jul 01/91 ––––––––

5 Jul 01/85 –––––––– 30 Oct 01/91 ––––––––

6 Oct 01/85 –––––––– 31 Jan 01/92 ––––––––

7 Jan 01/86 –––––––– 32 Apr 01/92 ––––––––

8 Apr 01/86 –––––––– 33 Jul 01/92 ––––––––

9 Jul 01/86 –––––––– 34 Oct 01/92 ––––––––

10 Oct 01/86 –––––––– 35 Jan 01/93 ––––––––

11 Jan 01/87 –––––––– 36 Apr 01/93 ––––––––

12 Apr 01/87 –––––––– 37 Jul 01/93 ––––––––

13 Jul 01/87 –––––––– 38 Oct 01/93 ––––––––

14 Oct 01/87 –––––––– 39 Jan 01/94 ––––––––

15 Jan 01/88 –––––––– 40 Apr 01/94 ––––––––

16 Apr 01/88 –––––––– 41 Jul 01/94 ––––––––

17 Jul 01/88 –––––––– 42 Jul 01/97 ––––––––

18 Oct 01/88 –––––––– 43 Apr 01/98 ––––––––

19 Jan 01/89 –––––––– 44 Jan 01/99 ––––––––

20 Apr 01/89 –––––––– 45 May01/00 ––––––––

21 Jul 01/89 –––––––– 46 Jul 01/03 ––––––––

22 Oct 01/89 –––––––– 47 Jan 01/05 ––––––––

23 Jan 01/90 –––––––– 48 Dec 01/11 Dec 01/11

24 Apr 01/90 ––––––––

25 Jul 01/90 ––––––––

Record of Revisions
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

FRONTMATTER

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively.
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and the Record of Temporary
Revisions as necessary.

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Title Page R 1–1 Dec 01/11

Record of Revisions 1–1 Apr 01/98

Frontmatter L.E.P. R 1–1 Dec 01/11

Frontmatter Contents R 1–1 Dec 01/11

Record of Temp. Rev. 1–1 Apr 01/98

Highlights R 1–1 Dec 01/11

Manual User Comments 1–1 Jan 01/99

Introduction 1–2 Jan 01/05

List of Chapters 1–1 Apr 01/98

Frontmatter L.E.P.
Page 1
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

FRONTMATTER

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUBJECT PAGE

TITLE PAGE 1

RECORD OF REVISIONS 1

FRONTMATTER L.E.P. 1
FRONTMATTER CONTENTS 1

RECORD OF TEMP. REV. 1

HIGHLIGHTS 1

MANUAL USER COMMENTS 1

INTRODUCTION 1
General 1
Effectivity 1
Up–Dating Procedure 1

LIST OF CHAPTERS 1

Frontmatter Contents
Page 1
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

TEMPORARY ISSUE DATE BY DATE BY


REV No. DATE INSERTED REMOVED

Record of Temp. Rev.


Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

HIGHLIGHTS

REVISION NO. 48 Dec 01/11


Pages which are new, deleted or revised are outlined below.

SUBJECT PAGES REASON FOR CHANGE

Title Page 1–1 Revised


Frontmatter L.E.P. 1–1 Revised
Frontmatter Contents 1–1 Revised

01–L.E.P. 1–5 Revised


01–Contents 1–6 Revised

01–10–00 2–3 Note added regarding operation under FAR PT 135 and
payload

01–10–20 2 Changed Note


5 Changed Note
7–8 MOD 3139 (SB 340–51–026) Incorporated
12 New Page

01–60–20 1 Information added – Maximum distributed load


2 Additional Technical Information
3 Information added – Running load limitation
4 Information added – Compartment and cumulative load
limitations
5 Added Illustrations for Cumulative Load Limitation
6–18 Revised content
19 New Page
Revised content

01–70–10 10–11 MOD 3139 (SB 340–51–026) Incorporated


15 New Page

Highlights
Page 1
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

To: Saab Aircraft AB MANUAL USER COMMENTS


Customer Support
Technical Publications on omissions, procedures, etc.
SE–581 88 Linköping
SWEDEN
Attn: Weight and Balance Manual
Telefax: +46 13 18 41 83

From: Date:

Tel/Telex/Telefax:

Manual: WBM Topic:

Chap/Sect/Page: Page Date:

Comments:

Please forward this form, when completed, to the above address. If possible, attach a photo–copy
of the relevant manual page with any comments added, as necessary.

Tech Pubs Dept Action


Date Received  To be included in Rev. . . . . , dated . . . . . . . . . .
 In process
.............  Rejected; reason: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .........................................

Manual User Comments


Page 1
Jan 01/99
Weight and Balance Manual

INTRODUCTION
The technical content of this Weight and Balance Manual (WBM) is approved under the authority
of DOA nr. EASA.21J.066.
1. General
A. The purpose of this manual is to define the weight and balance limitations, and to give further
details about the loading capabilities of the aircraft.
B. The information is given to enable the operator to complete his own weight and balance loading
manifests. In order to comply with the ATA–100 specification, the manual is divided into two
chapters. Chapter 1, ”Control”, is specifically related to a group of aircraft of the same type e.g.
Airliner; and Chapter 2 ”Aircraft Reports” is related to each specific aircraft as delivered and its
equipment list.
2. Effectivity
A. In order to define the effectivity of each page, three different logos are used in the manual (REF.
FIG. 1).
3. Up–Dating Procedure
A. Revision service
The manual is kept up to date by a revision service, providing the operator with four different types
of up–dating documents :”Alert Service Bulletins”, ”Standard Service Bulletins”, ”Revisions” and
”Temporary Revisions”.
B. Alert Service Bulletins
Alert Service Bulletins are issued on all matters requiring the urgent attention of the operator, and
deal generally with items affecting safety. For drawing attention to, and distinguishing them from
Standard Service Bulletins, Alert Service Bulletins are prepared on light blue forms, and printed with
the word ”ALERT” in the heading for high priority action.
C. Standard Service Bulletins
Standard Service Bulletins are issued to cover all normal changes such as replacing, adding or
cancelling of items, weights, loadings and controls. Such changes will not fall into the sphere of
Alert Service Bulletins. All Service Bulletins must be recorded on the page ”SERVICE BULLETIN
RECORD”.
D. Revisions and Temporary Revisions
Revisions and Temporary Revisions are issued in order to keep the manual up to date. A letter of
transmittal will be enclosed with both Revisions and Temporary Revisions. This includes besides
filing instructions also ”Highlights” which give a summary of each change. A vertical block line in the
margin indicates the revised part of a new page.
Revisions and Temporary Revisions have to be recorded on the page ”RECORD OF REVISIONS”
and ”RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS” respectively. Temporary Revisions are generally
issued in order to correct an error, or to add a temporary instruction in the manual. Temporary
Revisions refer to one subject only and must be inserted in the manual adjacent to the incorrect
information. Temporary Revisions are prepared on yellow forms.

Introduction
Page 1
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

Weight and Balance Manual

Pages headed by this logo contain information valid for both SAAB SF 340A and
SAAB 340B Versions.

Weight and Balance Manual

Pages headed by this logo contain information valid only for SAAB SF 340A Version.

Weight and Balance Manual

Pages headed by this logo contain information valid only for SAAB 340B Version.

A9740
LOGOS
FIG. 1

Introduction
Page 2
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

LIST OF CHAPTERS

CHAPTER CHAPTER TITLE

01 CONTROL
02 AIRCRAFT REPORTS

List of Chapters
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

CHAPTER 01

CONTROL
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively.
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and the Record of Temporary
Revisions as necessary.

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

01–L.E.P. R 1–5 Dec 01/11 R 2 Dec 01/11


01–L.E.T.R. 1–1 Apr 01/98 R 3 Dec 01/11
01–Contents R 1–6 Dec 01/11
01–10–10 1 Oct 01/91
01–00–00 1 Oct 01/91
01–10–20 1 Oct 01/91
01–00–10 1 Oct 01/91 R 2 Dec 01/11
3 Jan 01/92
01–00–20 1 Oct 01/91 4 Oct 01/91
R 5 Dec 01/11
01–00–30 1 Jul 01/97 6 Jan 01/92
2 Jul 01/97 N 7 Dec 01/11
3 Jul 01/93 N 8 Dec 01/11
4 Apr 01/98 9 Jul 01/92
10 Jul 01/92
01–00–40 1 Oct 01/91 N 11 Dec 01/11
2 Jul 01/97 N 12 Dec 01/11

01–00–50 1 Oct 01/91 01–10–30 1 Oct 01/91


2 Oct 01/91 2 Oct 01/91
3 Oct 01/91 3 Oct 01/91
4 Oct 01/91
01–00–60 1 Oct 01/91 5 Oct 01/91
2 Oct 01/91 6 Jul 01/92
3 Oct 01/91 7 Oct 01/91
8 Jul 01/92
01–00–70 1 Oct 01/91
2 Oct 01/91 01–20–00 1 Oct 01/91

01–00–80 1 Oct 01/91 01–20–10 1 Oct 01/91


2 Jul 01/97
3 Oct 01/91 01–20–20 1 Oct 01/91
4 Oct 01/91 2 Oct 01/91
5 Oct 01/91 3 Oct 01/91
6 Oct 01/91 4 Oct 01/91
7 Jul 01/97
01–30–00 1 Oct 01/91
01–10–00 1 Oct 01/91

01–L.E.P.
Page 1
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

01–30–10 1 Oct 01/91 3 Jul 01/93

01–30–20 1 Oct 01/91 01–40–50 1 Oct 01/91


2 Oct 01/91
01–30–30 1 Jul 01/93
01–40–60 1 Oct 01/91
01–40–00 1 Oct 01/91
01–50–00 1 Oct 01/91
01–40–10 1 Oct 01/91
2 Oct 01/91 01–50–05 1 Oct 01/91

01–40–20 1 Jan 01/94 01–50–07 1 Apr 01/98


2 Jul 01/93 2 Apr 01/98
3 Jul 01/93 3 Apr 01/98
4 Jul 01/93
5 Jan 01/94 01–50–10 1 Apr 01/98
2 Apr 01/98
01–40–25 1 Jul 01/93 3 Apr 01/98
2 Jul 01/93
01–50–15 1 Oct 01/91
01–40–30 1 Jul 01/93 2 Oct 01/91
2 Jul 01/93 3 Oct 01/91
3 Jul 01/93
4 Jul 01/93 01–50–20 1 Jan 01/05
5 Jul 01/93 2 Jul 01/93
6 Jul 01/93 3 May 01/00
7 Jul 01/93 4 Apr 01/94
8 Jul 01/97 5 Jan 01/94
6 Jan 01/94
01–40–35 1 Jul 01/93
2 Jul 01/93 01–50–25 1 Jul 01/93
3 Jul 01/93 2 Jul 01/93
4 Jul 01/93
5 Jul 01/93 01–50–30 1 Jan 01/05
6 Jul 01/93 2 Jul 01/93
3 Jul 01/93
01–40–40 1 Jul 01/93 4 Jul 01/93
2 Jul 01/93 5 Jul 01/93
3 Jul 01/93 6 Jul 01/93
4 Jul 01/93 7 Jul 01/93
5 Jul 01/93 8 Jul 01/93
6 Jul 01/93 9 Jul 01/97
7 Jul 01/93 10 Jul 01/97

01–40–45 1 Jul 01/93 01–50–35 1 Jan 01/05


2 Jul 01/93 2 Jul 01/93

01–L.E.P.
Page 2
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

01–50–35 3 Jul 01/93 3 Jul 01/93


4 Jul 01/93 4 Jul 01/93
5 Jul 01/93 5 Jul 01/93
6 Jul 01/93
7 Jul 01/93 01–50–70 1 Jan 01/05
8 Jul 01/93 2 Jul 01/93
9 Jul 01/93 3 Jul 01/93
10 Jul 01/93 4 Jul 01/93
11 Jul 01/93 5 Jul 01/93
6 Jul 01/93
01–50–40 1 Jan 01/05 7 Jul 01/93
2 Jul 01/93 8 Jul 01/93
3 Jul 01/93 9 Jul 01/97
4 Jul 01/93 10 Jul 01/93
5 Jul 01/93
6 Jul 01/93 01–50–72 1 Jul 01/93
7 Jul 01/93 2 Jul 01/93
8 Apr 01/94 3 Jul 01/93
9 Jul 01/93
01–50–74 1 Jan 01/05
01–50–45 1 Jul 01/93
2 Jul 01/93
2 Jul 01/93
3 Jul 01/93
01–50–76 1 Jul 01/93
2 Jul 01/93
01–50–50 1 Oct 01/91
3 Jul 01/93
2 Oct 01/91
4 Jul 01/93
3 Jan 01/93
5 Jul 01/93
4 Oct 01/91
6 Jul 01/93
5 Oct 01/91
7 Jul 01/93
6 Jan 01/93
8 Apr 01/94
01–50–55 1 Jul 01/93
2 Oct 01/92 01–50–80 1 Jul 01/93
2 Jul 01/93
01–50–60 1 Jan 01/05 3 Jul 01/97
2 Apr 01/98 4 Jul 01/94
3 Jul 01/97 5 Jul 01/97
4 Jul 01/93 6 Apr 01/98
5 Jul 01/93 7 Jul 01/93
6 Jul 01/94 8 Jul 01/93
7 Jul 01/93 9 Jul 01/94
8 Jul 01/97 10 Jul 01/97
9 Jul 01/93
10 Jul 01/97 01–50–85 1 Jul 01/93

01–50–65 1 Jul 01/93 01–50–86 1 Jul 01/93


2 Jul 01/93

01–L.E.P.
Page 3
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

01–60–00 1 Oct 01/91 3 Oct 01/91


2 Oct 01/91 4 Oct 01/91
5 Oct 01/91
01–60–10 1 Jul 01/03 6 Oct 01/91
2 Oct 01/91 7 Oct 01/91
3 Apr 01/92 8 Oct 01/91
4 Oct 01/91
5 Oct 01/91 01–70–00 1 Oct 01/91

01–60–20 R 1 Dec 01/11 01–70–10 1 Jan 01/99


R 2 Dec 01/11 2 Oct 01/91
R 3 Dec 01/11 3 Jan 01/99
R 4 Dec 01/11 4 Oct 01/91
R 5 Dec 01/11 5 Oct 01/91
R 6 Dec 01/11 6 Oct 01/91
N 7 Dec 01/11 7 Oct 01/91
R 8 Dec 01/11 8 Jan 01/93
R 9 Dec 01/11 9 Jan 01/93
R 10 Dec 01/11 N 10 Dec 01/11
N 11 Dec 01/11 N 11 Dec 01/11
R 12 Dec 01/11 12 Jan 01/93
R 13 Dec 01/11 13 Jan 01/93
R 14 Dec 01/11 N 14 Dec 01/11
R 15 Dec 01/11 N 15 Dec 01/11
R 16 Dec 01/11
N 17 Dec 01/11 01–70–20 1 Apr 01/98
N 18 Dec 01/11 2 Apr 01/98
N 19 Dec 01/11 3 Apr 01/98

01–60–30 1 Oct 01/91 01–80–00 1 Apr 01/94


2 Oct 01/91
3 Oct 01/91 01–80–10 1 Jan 01/92
2 Jan 01/92
01–60–40 1 Oct 01/91 3 Jan 01/92
2 Oct 01/91
3 Oct 01/91 01–80–20 1 Oct 01/91
2 Apr 01/94
01–60–50 1 Oct 01/91
2 Oct 01/91 01–90–00 1 Oct 01/91
3 Oct 01/91
4 Oct 01/91 01–90–10 1 Oct 01/91
5 Oct 01/91
6 Oct 01/91 01–90–20 1 Oct 01/91

01–60–60 1 Oct 01/91 01–90–30 1 Jul 01/94


2 Oct 01/91 2 Apr 01/92

01–L.E.P.
Page 4
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

01–90–30 3 Oct 01/91

01–L.E.P.
Page 5
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY REVISIONS

TEMPORARY ISSUE TEMPORARY ISSUE TEMPORARY ISSUE


REV. No. DATE REV. No. DATE REV. No. DATE

01–L.E.T.R.
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

CHAPTER 01

CONTROL
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU PAGE

GENERAL 01–00
IDENTIFICATION 01–00–00
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 01–00–10
CONVERSION FACTORS 01–00–20
ABBREVIATIONS AND DESIGNATIONS 01–00–30
General 1
Units 3
Coding of operators 4
GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF AIRCRAFT 01–00–40
REFERENCE SYSTEM 01–00–50
WEIGHT DEFINITIONS 01–00–60
CALCULATION OF CG AND %MAC 01–00–70
AIRCRAFT GEOMETRY DATA 01–00–80
LIMITATIONS 01–10
DESIGN WEIGHT LIMITATIONS 01–10–00
General 1
Design Weight Limitations 2
LOADING LIMITATIONS 01–10–10
Floor loading 1
Jacking 1
Ground limitation 1
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS 01–10–20
340A pre–MOD. NO. 1531, 1762, 1763 and 1764 (SB 1
SF–340–32–039)
340A post–MOD. NO. 1531, 1762, 1763 and 1764 (SB 4
SF–340–32–039)
340A post–MOD. NO. 3139 (SB 340–51–026) 7
340B pre–MOD NO 2438 (SB SAAB 340–51–010) 9
340B post–MOD NO 2438 (SB SAAB 340–51–010) 11
SAFE MOMENT TABLES 01–10–30
340A Safe moment tables in (lb in) 1
340A Safe moment tables in (kg in) 3
340B Safe moment tables in (lb in) 5
340B Safe moment tables in (kg in) 9

01–CONTENTS
Page 1
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU PAGE

FUEL 01–20
GENERAL 01–20–00
DEFINITIONS AND FUEL WEIGHTS 01–20–10
USABLE FUEL MOMENT TABLES 01–20–20
Fuel table in (lb in) 1
Moment reduction due to fuel consumption 2
Fuel table in (kg in) 3
Moment reduction due to fuel consumption 4
FLUIDS 01–30
GENERAL 01–30–00
ENGINE AND PROPELLER GEARBOX OIL 01–30–10
HYDRAULIC FLUID 01–30–20
CHEMICAL TOILET FLUID, WASHING WATER AND 01–30–30
OXYGEN
PERSONNEL 01–40
GENERAL 01–40–00
CREW MOMENT TABLE 01–40–10
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (36 AND 37 SEAT 01–40–20
CONFIG)
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (35 SEAT CONFIG) 01–40–25
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (34 SEAT CONFIG) 01–40–30
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (33 SEAT CONFIG) 01–40–35
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (30 SEAT CONFIG) 01–40–40
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES ( 01–40–45
IN FLIGHT MOVEMENTS 01–40–50
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AND DOOR OPENING 01–40–60
ARRANGEMENTS 01–50
GENERAL 01–50–00
FLIGHT DECK STOWAGES 01–50–05
BALLAST INSTALLATION 01–50–07
General 1
Weight and Moment Tables 1
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STOWAGES 01–50–10
Under–seat stowage space. (Each) 1
Overhead Bins Gen. I 1
Overhead Bins Gen. II 1
Overhead Bins Gen. III 3

01–CONTENTS
Page 2
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU PAGE

PASSENGER STANDARD SEAT MOMENT TABLE 01–50–15


35 seat configuration 1
34 seat configuration 2
33 seat configuration 3
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 36–37 01–50–20
SEATS

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 35 SEATS 01–50–25

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 34 SEATS 01–50–30

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 33 SEATS 01–50–35

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 30 SEATS 01–50–40

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 01–50–45

LAVATORY AND GALLEY/STOWAGE MOMENT TABLES 01–50–50


Moment tables in (lb in) 1
Moment tables in (kg in) 4

STRUCTURAL LOAD LIMITATION FOR SECTION A 01–50–55

STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH 01–50–60

STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 304.4 LH 01–50–65

STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH 01–50–70

STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 245 RH 01–50–72

STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 252 RH 01–50–74

STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH 01–50–76

STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH 01–50–80

STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 608 RH 01–50–85

EXECUTIVE BAR ARRANGEMENT AT STA 602 LH 01–50–86

CARGO 01–60

GENERAL 01–60–00

MAIN CARGO COMPARTMENT 01–60–10

01–CONTENTS
Page 3
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU PAGE

LOADING LIMITATIONS 01–60–20


General 1
Maximum Distributed Load 1
Running Load Limitations 3
Compartment Load Limitations and Cumulative Load 4
Limitations
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–511 and Side Net 6
72257572–531 or –532 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–511 and Side Net 7
72257572–541 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 8
72257572–521 or –522 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Bag Net 9
72257572–551 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Bag Net 10
72257572–551 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 11
72257572–541 installed (FWD Lavatory Config.)
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 12
72257572–521 or –522 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 13
72257572–542 installed (FWD Lavatory Config.)
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Bag Net 14
72257572–551 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 15
72257572–521 or –522 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 16
72257572–521 or –522 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 17
72257572–543 installed (FWD Lavatory Config.)
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–511 and Side Net 18
72257572–525 installed
Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 19
72257572–528 installed

TIE DOWN LIMITATIONS 01–60–30


General 1
Floor seat tracks 1
Side seat tracks 2

INTEGRATED PAYLOAD LIMITATIONS 01–60–40

CARGO/LUGGAGE MOMENTS TABLES 01–60–50


Section C1 1
Section C2 5

01–CONTENTS
Page 4
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU PAGE

PACKAGE SIZES 01–60–60


General 1
Rear Cargo Compartment C1+C2 (tables in inches) 2
Rear Cargo Compartment C1 (tables in inches) 3
Rear Cargo Compartment C2 (tables in inches) 4
Rear Cargo Compartment C1 + C2 (tables in meters) 5
Rear Cargo Compartment C1 (tables in meters) 6
Rear Cargo Compartment C2 (tables in meters) 7
Compartment B (Valid for aircraft in cargo configuration) 8
LOAD PLANNING 01–70
GENERAL 01–70–00
THE INDEX METHOD 01–70–10
General 1
The Index Method 1
Example 3
Center of Gravity Limits. 340A Post Mod. 1531, 1762, 8
1763, and 1764 (SB SF–340–32–039)
Center of Gravity Limits. 340A Post Mod. 3139 (SB 10
340–51–026)
Center of Gravity Limits. 340B Pre–MOD. 2438 (SB 12
340–51–010)
Center of Gravity Limits. 340B Post–MOD 2438 (SB 14
340–51–010)
LOAD SHEET EXAMPLE 01–70–20
General 1
Load Sheet Example – Empty Sheet 1
Load Sheet Example – Filled In Sheet 1
GROUND OPERATIONS 01–80
GENERAL 01–80–00
WEIGHING METHODS 01–80–10
Weighing form for determining CG, using jackstand 1
weighing method
Weighing form for determining CG, using platform 2
weighing method.
EQUIPMENT AND UNIT REMOVAL EFFECTS ON WEIGHT 01–80–20
AND A/C CG
EXAMPLES 01–90
GENERAL 01–90–00
OPERATIONAL EMPTY WEIGHT (OEW) AND CG 01–90–10
BUILD–UP
OPERATIONAL TAKE–OFF WEIGHT (OTOW) AND CG 01–90–20
BUILD–UP

01–CONTENTS
Page 5
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU PAGE

MANIFEST FORM 01–90–30

01–CONTENTS
Page 6
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
IDENTIFICATION
The information given in this manual is related to the following aircraft: SAAB–FAIRCHILD 340A, SAAB
SF340A and SAAB 340B.
NOTE: In order to simplify manual reading, SAAB–FAIRCHILD 340A and SF 340A will in the manual
be designated 340A. Consequently SAAB 340B will be designated 340B.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
Weights and dimensions are generally given in both U.S. units and SI (Systeme International d‘Unitses)
metric units. The U.S. value is given first, and the equivalent value in SI metric units follows in brackets.
Example: 590 lb (267.6 kg). To simplify tables and diagrams only U.S. values are given in some cases.
Units of measurement and their abbreviations
Weight: in pounds (lb) and kilograms (kg)

Length: in feet (ft), inches (in) and meters (m)

Area: in square feet (ft2) and square meters (m2)

Volume: in cubic feet (ft3) and cubic meters (m3)

Liquid: in U.S. gallons (US gal) and liters (L)

Load: in pounds per square foot (lb/ft2)


in kilograms per square meter (kg/m2)
in pounds per running foot (lb/ft)
in kilograms per running meter (kg/m)

Moment: the product of weight and arm is expressed in pounds–inches (lb in)
and kilogram inches (kg in). To simplify calculations and
readings, the moment may be divided by a reduction factor
of 100 by this formula:

Weight x STA = Reduced moment magnitude


100

Density: in pounds per U.S. gallon (lb/US gal) and kilograms per liter (kg/L).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–10
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
CONVERSION FACTORS
The conversion factors help the operator to change the US units into the SI Metric units.

Multiply by to obtain

Weight: pounds (lb) 0.4536 kilograms (kg)

Length: inches (in) 0.0254 meter (m)


feet (ft) 0.3048 meter (m)

Area: square feet (ft2) 0.0929 square meters (m2)

Volume: cubic feet (ft3) 0.0283 cubic meters (m3)


U.S. gallons (US gal) 3.7854 liters (L)

Moment: pounds–inches (lb in) 0.0115 kilogram meters (kg m)


pounds–inches (lb in) 0.4536 kilogram inches (kg in)

Load: pounds per square foot (lb/ft2) 4.8826 kilograms per square meter (kg/m2)

Density: pounds per U.S. gallon (lb/US gal) 0.1198 kilograms per liter (kg/L)

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–20
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS AND DESIGNATIONS
1. General
Stated below are abbreviations and designations used in this manual, and their explanations.
340A Aircraft no 1 and to 159, equipped with engine GE CT7–5A2 and horizontal
stabilizer span of 28 ft 5 in (8.65 m).
340B Aircraft no 160 and up, equipped with engine GE CT7–9B and horizontal
stabilizer span of 30 ft 5 in (9.27 m).
A/C Aircraft
ARM Horizontal distance from the Fuselage Datum Line to the center of Gravity of
an item.
ATA Air Transport Association of America
AZFW Actual Zero Fuel Weight
BEW Basic Empty Weight
BL Buttock Line (Centre Line)
CARGO CONFIG Aircraft adapted to cargo–carrying operations, i.e. no passenger seats are
installed. (All–cargo configuration).
CG Center of Gravity
CONFIG Configuration
DWG Drawing
FWD Forward
GEN I Generation I interior, valid for A/C up to 124, except A/C 121.
GEN II Generation II interior, valid for A/C 125 and up, but also including A/C 121.
GEN III Generation III interior, valid for A/C 359 and up, but also including A/C 342.
HS Horizontal Stabilizer Station
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
LEMAC Leading Edge of Mean Aerodynamic Chord
LH Left Hand
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAX Maximum
MEW Manufacturer’s Empty Weight
MLW Maximum Design Landing Weight
MOD NO Modification Number
pre–MOD Before installation of Modification
post–MOD After installation of Modification
MFW Maximum Design Flight Weight
MTOW Maximum Design Takeoff Weight
MTW Maximum Design Taxi Weight
MZFW Maximum Design Zero Fuel Weight
OEW Operational Empty Weight
OPB Operated by
OTOW Operational Take–off Weight
PAX Passengers
PAX CONFIG Aircraft equipped for passenger–carrying operations, i.e. passenger seats
are installed (All–passenger configuration).
P/L Payload

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–30
Page 1
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

RH Right Hand
SB Service Bulletin
SPEC Specification
STA Fuselage Station (Synonymous with ARM)
TBD To Be Determined
WL Water Line
WS Wing Station
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–30
Page 2
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

2. Units
lb pounds
kg kilograms
in inches
ft feet
m meters
ft2 square feet
m2 square meters
ft3 cubic feet
m3 cubic meters
US gal U.S. gallons
L liters
lb/ft2 pounds per square foot
lb/ ft pounds per running foot
kg/m2 kilograms per square meter
kg/m kilograms per running meter
lb in pounds–inches
lb in/in bending strength, pounds–inches per running inch
kg in kilogram–inches
kpm/m bending strength, kilopondmeter per running meter
lb/US gal pounds per U.S. gallon
kg/L kilograms per liter
g standard acceleration (9.81 m/s2)

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–30
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

3. Coding of operators
Stated below are the ICAO official airline letter codes, mainly used in section 50. Unofficial codes are
enclosed in brackets. (These operator codes are valid at the time of delivery from manufacturer to
original operator).
Operator code Operator
N–(ZV) Air Midwest, USA
N–(OH) Comair, USA
HB–LX Crossair, Switzerland
SE–(JG) Swedair, Sweden
VH–(KD) Kendell Airlines, Australia
N–(PX) Northwest Airlink, USA
LN–(RT) Norving, Norway
N–(QO) Eastern Express Airlines, USA
OH–(FA) Finnaviation, Finland
D–BO Delta Air Regionalflugverkehr, W.Germany
N–(HQ) Business Express, USA
N–EA Eastern Metro Express, USA
G–(JE) Manx Airlines, Great Britain
N–(MJ) Lineas Aereas Privadas Argentinas, Argentina
F–BZ Brit’Air, France
F–EY Europe Air, France
F–QD Air Limousin, France
N–SS Brockway Air, USA
SE–(YD) Salair, Sweden
N–(FY) Metroflight, USA
LV–(TN) Transportes Aereas Neuquen, Argentina
LV–(LA) Lineas Aereas Entre Rios, Argentina
N–(CL) Tempelhof Airways, USA
N–CHQ Chautauqua Airlines, USA
B–(FAL) Formosa Airlines, Taiwan
D–(AB) Air Bremen, W.Germany
PH–WU Netherlines, The Netherlands
SE–GAO Golden Air, Sweden
N–NAE Flagship Airlines, USA
N–WWM Wings West Airlines, USA
SE–SDC Försvarets Materielverk, Sweden
OO–RF Air Exel, Belgium
VH–HZL Hazelton Airlines, Australia
LN–JB A/S Aviemore, Norway
SE–SA Salenia Aviation, Skyways, Sweden
F–AVD Regional Airlines, France
EI–EIN Aer Lingus Commuter, Ireland
JA–JAS Japan Air Commuter, Japan
B–CSN China Southern Airlines, Peoples Republic of China
N–SYM Simmons Airlines, USA
C–CAV Calm Air, Canada
N–(MES) Mesaba, USA
JA–HAC Hokkaido Air System, Japan.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–30
Page 4
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF AIRCRAFT

These measurements tak-


en
from the ground are
approximate and
refer to MTOW aircraft.

A17160

FIG. 1 GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF AIRCRAFT

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–40
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

30 ft 4 in 70 ft 4 in
(9.24 m) 1
(21.44 m)

74 ft 8 in
(22.75 m) 2

These measurements taken


from the ground are
approximate and
refer to MTOW aircraft.

13 ft
(3.97 m)

1
8 ft 4 in (2.54 m)
8 ft 7 in (2.62 m)
1 BEFORE MOD 2571
2

2 AFTER MOD 2571

A15924
GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF AIRCRAFT
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–40
Page 2
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
REFERENCE SYSTEM
The reference system helps the operator to give the positions of the units, and to calculate the CG of the
aircraft, see also 01–00–50 fig 1.
A. The Fuselage Datum Line is in front of the fuselage. It is the plane from which you calculate all
longitudinal positions. These positions increase to the tail, and are the Fuselage Stations (STA).
The Fuselage Stations have a number which shows its distance in inches from the Fuselage Datum
Line. The Fuselage Datum Line has the number STA 0.0.
Thus, the Fuselage Station (STA) is the same as the Moment Arm (ARM), which also shows the
distance in inches.
B. The Water Line Datum is a horizontal plane below the fuselage. It is the plane from which you
calculate all vertical positions. These positions increase up from the Water Line Datum, and are the
Water Lines (WL).
The Water Lines have a number which shows its distance in inches from the Water Line Datum.
Thus, the Water Line Datum has the number WL 0.0, and the center of the fuselage has WL 100.0.
C. The Buttock Line Datum is a vertical plane, that divides the aircraft into two equal parts. It is the
plane from which you calculate all lateral positions. These positions increase to the LHS of the
fuselage, and are the Buttock Lines (BL).
The Buttock Lines have a number which shows its distance in inches from the Buttock Lines
Datum. The Buttock Line Datum has the number BL 0.0.
D. The Wing Stations (WS) show the positions in the wing. They have a number which shows the
distance in inches from the wing root chord. The wing root chord has the number WS 0.0, and
corresponds to BL 0.0.
E. The Horizontal Stabilizer Stations(HS) show the positions in the horizontal stabilizer. They have a
number which shows the distance in inches from the horizontal stabilizer section root. The
horizontal stabilizer section root has the number HS 0.0, and corresponds to BL 0.0.
F. The Mean Aerodynamic Chord (MAC) is 82.07 in (2.085 m) long. The location of its leading edge
(LEMAC) is at STA 412.3. Thus, LEMAC is 412.3 in (10.472 m) from the Fuselage Datum Line, and
314.3 in (7.983 m) from the fuselage nose.
This manual contains data on the longitudinal balance of the aircraft. Thus, you will usually find only
the longitudinal location (STA) of the positions in the manual.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–50
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

A7128
DESIGN REFERENCE LINES AND MAC LOCATION
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–50
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

FUSELAGE
DATUM
LINE
STA 0.0

A7136
DESIGN REFERENCE LINES AND MAC LOCATION
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–50
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
WEIGHT DEFINITIONS
In accordance with the ATA 100 Specification, the following weight terms are used for weight and
balance conditions.
MANUFACTURER’S EMPTY WEIGHT Weight of structure, powerplant, furnishings, systems,
(MEW) and other items of equipment that are an integral part of
a particular aircraft configuration. It is essentially a ”dry”
weight, including only those fluids contained in closed
systems.

STANDARD ITEMS Equipment and fluids that are not an integral part of a
particular aircraft, and not a variation for the same type
of aircraft.These items may include, but are not limited
to, the following:
1. Unusable fuel and other unusable fluids
2. Total engine and propeller gearbox oil
3. Toilet fluid and chemical
4. Oxygen
5. Fire extinguishers, emergency oxygen equipment
6. Structure in galley, buffet, and bar
7. Supplementary electronic equipment.

STANDARD BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT Manufacturer’s empty weight plus standard items.
(SBEW)

STANDARD ITEM VARIATIONS Standard items that the operator adds, deducts, or
(SIV) changes.

BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT Standard basic empty weight plus or minus weight of
(BEW) standard item variations.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–60
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

OPERATIONAL ITEMS Personnel, equipment, and supplies necessary for


a particular operation but not included in basic empty
weight. These items may vary for a particular aircraft
and may include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Crew and baggage.
2. Manuals and navigational equipment.
3. Removable service equipment for cabin, galley , bar,
and toilet.
4. Food and beverages, including liquor.
5. Usable fluids other than those in useful load.
(01–00–60 Page 3.)
6. Life rafts, life vests, and emergency transmitters.
7. Aircraft cargo handling system and cargo containers.

OPERATIONAL EMPTY WEIGHT Basic empty weight or fleet empty weight plus
(OEW) operational items.

DELIVERY EMPTY WEIGHT Manufacturer’s empty weight, less any shortages, plus
those standard items and operational items in aircraft at
time of delivery. (Last minute additions or deletions may
be listed on the weight and balance manifest).

PAYLOAD Weight of passengers, cargo, and baggage. (these may


(P/L) be revenue and/or non–revenue).

ACTUAL ZERO FUEL WEIGHT Operational empty weight plus payload. (It must not
(AZFW) exceed maximum design zero fuel weight).

MAXIMUM DESIGN ZERO FUEL WEIGHT Maximum weight allowed before usable fuel and other
(MZFW) specified usable agents must be loaded in defined
sections of the aircraft as limited by strength and
airworthiness requirements.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–60
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

MAXIMUM DESIGN TAXI WEIGHT Maximum weight for ground maneuver as limited by
(MTW) aircraft strength and airworthiness requirements. (It
includes weight of taxi and run–up fuel).

OPERATIONAL TAKE–OFF WEIGHT Maximum authorized weight for take–off. (It is subject to
(OTOW) airport, operational, and related restrictions. This is the
weight at start of take–off run and must not exceed
maximum design take–off weight).

USEFUL LOAD Difference between operational take–off weight and


operational empty weight. (It includes payload, usable
fuel, and other usable fluids not included as operational
items).

MAXIMUM DESIGN TAKE–OFF WEIGHT Maximum weight for take–off as limited by aircraft
(MTOW) strength and airworthiness requirements. (This is the
maximum weight at start of take–off run).

MAXIMUM DESIGN FLIGHT WEIGHT Maximum weight for flight as limited by aircraft strength
(MFW) and airworthiness requirements. (Flaps–up condition is
implied unless otherwise stated).

MAXIMUM DESIGN LANDING WEIGHT Maximum weight for landing as limited by aircraft
(MLW) strength and airworthiness requirements.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–60
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
CALCULATION OF CG AND %MAC
In the calculation examples, the following data is used:

Manufacturer’s A/C data:

MAC is 82.07 in (2.085m)


LEMAC is positioned at STA 412.3 (True measure in inches from Datum)
Data derived according to the applicable sections of the Weight and Balance Manual before the flight:
Total Moment is 7481400 lb in ( Moment x 100 )
100
Total A/C Weight is 17351 lb

a) How to find A/C CG

Total Moment (lb in)


STA (in) = =
Total A/C Weight (lb)
7481400
= = 431.2
17351
CG position is STA 431.2

b) How to convert STA to %MAC

%MAC= STA – LEMACx 100 =


MAC
431.2 – 412.3 x 100 = 23
= 82.07
CG position is 23 % MAC

c) How to convert %MAC to STA

STA = %MAC x MAC + LEMAC =


100

= 23 x 82.07 + 412.3 = 431.2


100
CG position is STA 431.2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–70
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

FUSELAGE
DATUM
LINE 23% MAC
ARM 431.2 in (10.95 m)
STA
412.3

412.3 in (10.472 m) MAC 82.07 in (2.085 m)

A9625
CALCULATION OF CG AND %MAC
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–70
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

GENERAL
AIRCRAFT GEOMETRY DATA

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


FORWARD BULKHEAD AFT BULKHEAD

655.0 AFT LAWATORY WALL

NOTE: THE STATION LOCATIONS ARE GIVEN TO THE OUTER


FACE OF THE FUSELAGE FRAME WEBS.

A17161

FIG. 1 FUSELAGE STATIONS CORRESPONDING WITH FUSELAGE FRAMES

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–80
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

1 440.50
WS 451.20 BL447.8

1 AFTER MOD 2571

A15931
WING STATIONS CORRESPONDING WITH WING RIBS
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–80
Page 2
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

A7131
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER STATIONS CORRESPONDING WITH RIBS
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–80
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

174.95

A7138
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER STATIONS CORRESPONDING WITH RIBS
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–80
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

A7133
VERTICAL STABILIZER AND DORSAL FIN STATIONS
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–80
Page 5
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

A7407
AIRCRAFT BASIC GEOMETRY
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–80
Page 6
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

1 BL 447.8

1 WS 451.20

1 AFTER MOD 2571

A15932
AIRCRAFT BASIC GEOMETRY
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–00–80
Page 7
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

LIMITATIONS
DESIGN WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
1. General
To keep the aircraft in an airworthy condition it is always essential to pay attention to the aircraft’s design
weight limitations as well as CG limitations.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

2. Design Weight Limitations


A. 340A Pre Mod. NO. 1531, 1762, 1763 and 1764. (SB SF–340–32–039)
(1) Maximum Design Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW)
(a) Aircraft in PAX CONFIG 25700 lb (11660 kg)
NOTE: While operated under FAR PT 135 25500 lb (11570 kg)
(b) Aircraft in CARGO CONFIG CG < 28% MAC 25200 lb (11430 kg)
CG> or = 28% MAC 25700 lb (11660 kg)
(2) Maximum Design Taxi Weight (MTW) 27300 lb (12380 kg)
(3) Maximum Design Take–Off Weight (MTOW) 27275 lb (12370 kg)
(4) Maximum Design Landing Weight (MLW) 26500 lb (12020 kg)
(5) Minimum Design Flight Weight 16460 lb (7470 kg)
NOTE: For operation under FAR PT 135 the payload must not exceed 7500 lbs (3400 kg).
B. 340A Post Mod. NO. 1531, 1762, 1763 and 1764. (SB SF–340–32–039)
(1) Maximum Design Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW)
(a) Aircraft in PAX CONFIG 25700 lb (11660 kg)
NOTE: While operated under FAR PT 135 25500 lb (11570 kg)
(b) Aircraft in CARGO CONFIG CG < 28% MAC 25200 lb (11430 kg)
CG > or = 28% MAC 25700 lb (11660 kg)
(2) Maximum Design Taxi Weight (MTW) 28300 lb (12840 kg)
(3) Maximum Design Take–Off Weight (MTOW) 28000 lb (12700 kg)
(4) Maximum Design Landing Weight (MLW) 27200 lb (12340 kg)
(5) Minimum Design Flight Weight 16460 lb (7470 kg)
NOTE: Maximum allowable take–off and landing operational weight must not exceed maximum
design weights. See Airplane Flight Manual.
NOTE: For operation under FAR PT 135 the payload must not exceed 7500 lbs (3400 kg).
NOTE: In flight movements see section 01–40–50, page 1.
C. 340A Post Mod. NO. 3139 (SB 340–51–026)
(1) Maximum Design Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW)
(a) Aircraft in PAX CONFIG 25700 lb (11660 kg)
NOTE: While operated under FAR PT 135 25500 lb (11570 kg)
(b) Aircraft in CARGO CONFIG CG < 28% MAC 25200 lb (11430 kg)
CG > or = 28% MAC 25700 lb (11660 kg)
(2) Maximum Design Taxi Weight (MTW) 28800 lb (13060 kg)
(3) Maximum Design Take–Off Weight (MTOW) 28500 lb (12930 kg)
(4) Maximum Design Landing Weight (MLW) 27200 lb (12340 kg)
(5) Minimum Design Flight Weight 16460 lb (7470 kg)
NOTE: Maximum allowable take–off and landing operational weight must not exceed maximum
design weights. See Airplane Flight Manual.
NOTE: For operation under FAR PT 135 the payload must not exceed 7500 lbs (3400 kg).
NOTE: In flight movements see section 01–40–50, page 1.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–00
Page 2
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

D. 340B pre–MOD NO 2438 (SB SAAB 340–51–010)


(1) Maximum Design Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 26000 lb (11790 kg)
NOTE: While operated under FAR PT 135 25500 lb (11570 kg)
(2) Maximum Design Taxi Weight (MTW) 28800 lb (13060 kg)
(3) Maximum Design Take–Off Weight (MTOW) 28500 lb (12930 kg)
(4) Maximum Design Landing Weight (MLW) 28000 lb (12700 kg)
NOTE: Maximum allowable take–off and landing operational weight must not exceed
maximum design weights. See Airplane Flight Manual.
NOTE: For operation under FAR PT 135 the payload must not exceed 7500 lbs (3400 kg).
NOTE: In flight movements see section 01–40–50, page 1.
E. 340B post–MOD NO 2438 (SB SAAB 340–51–010)
(1) Maximum Design Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 26500 lb (12020 kg)
NOTE: While operated under FAR PT 135 25500 lb (11570 kg)
(2) Maximum Design Taxi Weight (MTW) 29300 lb (13290 kg)
(3) Maximum Design Take–Off Weight (MTOW) 29000 lb (13155 kg)
(4) Maximum Design Landing Weight (MLW) 28500 lb (12930 kg)
NOTE: Maximum allowable take–off and landing operational weight must not exceed
maximum design weights. See Airplane Flight Manual.
NOTE: For operation under FAR PT 135 the payload must not exceed 7500 lbs (3400 kg).
NOTE: In flight movements see section 01–40–50, page 1.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–00
Page 3
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

LIMITATIONS
LOADING LIMITATIONS
1. Floor loading
For section classification, see 01–60–00 page 1 and 2.
Section A: Directly on to the floor panels 75 lb/ft2 (365 kg/m2)
NOTE: For more detailed loading limitations, see section 01–50.

Section B: Directly on to the floor panels 100 lb/ft2 (485 kg/m2)

with spreaders straight across the tracks 150 lb/ft2 (730 kg/m2)

Section C: Directly on to floor panels or with


spreaders across the tracks 150 lb/ft2 (730 kg/m2)
NOTE: For more detailed loading limitations, see section 01–60.

Running load: A further limitation is a maximum loading over Sections B and C, of 575 lb/ft (855 kg/m).
Further cargo compartment loading limitations, and maximum allowable ”tie–down” loads are dealt with
in 01–60–20 and 01–60–30, and integrated payload limitations in 01–60–50.
2. Jacking
Jacking is possible at hardpoints, one on the underside of the forward fuselage and one under each
wing rear spar. Jacking is permitted at aircraft weights up to 22000 lb (10 000 kg). Hardpoints on landing
gear legs allow wheel and tire changes to be made at all weights.
3. Ground limitation
The aircraft CG must always remain forward of 47% MAC, (STA 451) to prevent the risk of tail tipping.
NOTE: If cargo section C is to be fully loaded, then suitable precautions need to be taken to prevent
the risk of tail tipping, which is most likely to occur when the flight deck is unoccupied, there
are passengers in the aft end of the passenger compartment, and the cargo compartment is
heavily loaded. In this case, crew or ground staff must not enter the cargo section for
unloading.
To prevent tail tipping, a tail support strut can be attached to a hook bracket on the lower part of the
fuselage at STA 687. When not in use, the strut is stowed under the cargo door flap.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–10
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

LIMITATIONS
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS
1. 340A pre–MOD. NO. 1531, 1762, 1763 and 1764 (SB SF–340–32–039)
A/C WEIGHT FORWARD LIMIT AFT LIMIT
IN FLIGHT T–O./LANDING T–O./LANDING IN FLIGHT
lb kg %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA
27275 12370 18.7 427.6 20.7* 429.3* 34* 440.2* 38 443.5
23100 10480 38 443.5
19400 8800 32.7 439.1 32.7 439.1
18000 8160 8 418.9 10 420.5
16000 7260 8 418.9 10 420.5 28 435.3 28 435.3
* = T–O only.
NOTE: For values of CG limits not shown in the table above, the CG graphs 01–10–20 page 2 and 3
should be used.
NOTE: MAXIMUM TAXI WEIGHT (MTW) = 27300 lb (12380 kg).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

A/C WEGHT
lb kg
MTOW
27275 12370
27000 12250 MLW
26500 12020
26000 11790 MZFW*
25700 11660
25000 11340

24000 10890
23100 10480 TAKE OFF AND LANDING
23000 10430

22000 9980

21000 9530
FORWARD LIMIT TAKE OFF AND LANDING
20000 9070
19400 8800 FORWARD LIMIT IN FLIGHT
19000 8620

18000 8160
AFT LIMIT IN FLIGHT
17000 7710
MINIMUM FLIGHT WEIGHT 16460 lb (7470 kg)
16000 7260
CG % MAC 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38

CG STA 418.9 443.5

* NOTE: FOR OPERATION UNDER FAR PT 135


THE PAYLOAD MUST NOT EXCEED 7500 lb (3400 kg).

A30994
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS GRAPH, PASSENGER CONFIGURATION, 340A pre–MOD.NO. 1531, 1762,
1763AND 1764 (SB SF–340–32–039)
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 2
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

443.5

A7050
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS GRAPH, ALL CARGO CONFIGURATION, 340A pre–MOD. NO. 1531, 1762,
1763 AND 1764 (SB SF–340–32–039)
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 3
Jan 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

2. 340A post–MOD. NO. 1531, 1762, 1763 and 1764 (SB SF–340–32–039)
A/C WEIGHT FORWARD LIMIT AFT LIMIT
IN FLIGHT T–O./LANDING T–O./LANDING IN FLIGHT
lb kg %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA
28000 12700 19.5 428.3 21.6* 430.0* 34.1* 440.3* 38 443.5
23100 10480 38 443.5
19400 8800 32.7 439.1 32.7 439.1
18000 8160 8 418.9 10 420.5
16000 7260 8 418.9 10 420.5 28 435.3 28 435.3
* = T–O only.
NOTE: For values of CG limits not shown in the table above, the CG graphs 01–10–20 page 5 and 6
should be used.
NOTE: MAXIMUM TAXI WEIGHT (MTW) = 28300 lb (12835 kg).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

A/C WEGHT
lb kg MTOW
28000 12700
MLW
27200 12340
27000 12250
26500 12020
26000 11790 MZFW *
25700 11660
25000 11340

24000 10890
23100 10480 TAKE OFF AND LANDING
23000 10430

22000 9980

21000 9530
FORWARD LIMIT TAKE OFF AND LANDING
20000 9070
19400 8800 FORWARD LIMIT IN FLIGHT
19000 8620

18000 8160
AFT LIMIT IN FLIGHT
17000 7710
MINIMUM FLIGHT WEIGHT 16460 lb (7470 kg)
16000 7260
CG % MAC 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38

CG STA 418.9 443.5

* NOTE: FOR OPERATION UNDER FAR PT 135


THE PAYLOAD MUST NOT EXCEED 7500 lb (3400 kg).

A30995
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS GRAPH, PASSENGER CONFIGURATION, 340A post–MOD. NO. 1531, 1762,
1763 AND 1764 (SB SF–340–32–039)
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 5
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

11660

MINIMUM FLIGHT WEIGHT 16460lb (7470kg)

CG STA 418.9 443.5

A7139
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS GRAPH, ALL CARGO CONFIGURATION, 340A post–MOD. NO. 1531, 1762,
1763 AND 1764 (SB SF–340–32–039)
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 6
Jan 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

3. 340A post–MOD. NO. 3139 (SB 340–51–026)


A/C WEIGHT FORWARD LIMIT AFT LIMIT
IN FLIGHT T–O./LANDING T–O./LANDING IN FLIGHT
lb kg %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA
28500 12930 20.1 428.8 22.2 430.5 34.2 440.4 38 443.5
23100 10480 38 443.5
19400 8800 32.7 439.1
18000 8165 8 418.9 10 420.5
16460 7470 8 418.9 10 420.5 28.3 435.5 28.3 435.5
NOTE: For values of CG limits not shown in the table above, the CG graphs 01–10–20 page 8 should
be used.
NOTE: MAXIMUM TAXI WEIGHT (MTW) = 28800 lb (13060 kg).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 7
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

A/C WEGHT 20.1 22.2 34.2


lb kg

29000 13155
MTOW
28500 12930
28000 12700
MLW
27200 12340
27000 12247
26500 12020
26000 11790 MZFW
25700 11660

25000 11340

24000 10890 FORWARD LIMIT IN FLIGHT

23100 10480
23000 10430 FORWARD LIMIT TAKE OFF AND LANDING

22000 9980
AFT LIMIT TAKE OFF AND LANDING

21000 9530

20000 9070
19400 8800
19000 8620
AFT LIMIT IN FLIGHT

18000 8165

17000 7710
16460 7470
CG % MAC 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42
28.3 32.7
CG STA 418.9 446.8

NOTE: FOR OPERATION UNDER FAR PT 135


THE PAYLOAD MUST NOT EXCEED 7500 LBS (3400 kg)

A30996
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS GRAPH, PASSENGER CONFIGURATION, 340A post–MOD. NO. 3139 (SB
340–51–026)
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 8
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

4. 340B pre–MOD NO 2438 (SB SAAB 340–51–010)


A/C WEIGHT FORWARD LIMIT AFT LIMIT
IN FLIGHT T–O./LANDING T–O./LANDING IN FLIGHT
lb kg %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA
28500 12930 18.7 427.6 20.7* 429.3* 38* 443.5* 42 446.8
23000 10430 42 446.8
20200 9160 36.8 442.5 36.8 442.5
19200 8710 8 418.9 10 420.5
16000 7260 8 418.9 10 420.5 29 436.1 29 436.1
* = T–O only.
NOTE: For values of CG limits not shown in the table above, the CG graph 01–10–20 page 8 should
be used.
NOTE: MAXIMUM TAXI WEIGHT (MTW) = 28800 lb (13060 kg).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 9
Jul 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

A/C WEGHT
lb kg

MTOW
28500 12930
MLW
28000 12700

27000 12247

MZFW
26000 11790
AFT LIMIT TAKE OFF AND LANDING

25000 11340

24000 10890
FORWARD LIMIT IN FLIGHT

23000 10430
FORWARD LIMIT TAKE OFF AND LANDING

22000 9980

21000 9530

20200 9160
20000 9070
AFT LIMIT IN FLIGHT
19200 8710
19000 8620

18000 8160

17000 7710

16000 7260
CG % MAC 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42

CG STA 418.9 446.8

A7049
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS GRAPH, 340B, pre–MOD NO 2438 (SB SAAB 340–51–010)
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 10
Jul 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

5. 340B post–MOD NO 2438 (SB SAAB 340–51–010)


A/C WEIGHT FORWARD LIMIT AFT LIMIT
IN FLIGHT T–O./LANDING T–O./LANDING IN FLIGHT
lb kg %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA %MAC STA
29000 13155 19.0 427.9 21.0* 429.5* 38* 443.5* 42 446.8
23000 10430 42 446.8
20200 9160 36.8 442.5 36.8 442.5
19200 8710 8 418.9 10 420.5
16000 7260 8 418.9 10 420.5 29 436.1 29 436.1
* = T–O only.
NOTE: For values of CG limits not shown in the table above, the CG graph 01–10–20 page 10 should
be used.
NOTE: MAXIMUM TAXI WEIGHT (MTW) = 29300 lb (13290 kg).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 11
Jul 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

A/C WEGHT
lb kg

MTOW
29000 13155
MLW
28500 12930
28000 12700

27000 12247 MZFW


26500 12020
26000 11790
AFT LIMIT TAKE OFF AND LANDING

25000 11340

24000 10890
FORWARD LIMIT IN FLIGHT

23000 10430
FORWARD LIMIT TAKE OFF AND LANDING

22000 9980

21000 9530

20200 9160
20000 9070
AFT LIMIT IN FLIGHT
19200 8710
19000 8620

18000 8160

17000 7710

16000 7260
CG % MAC 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42

CG STA 418.9 446.8

A11226
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS GRAPH, 340B, post–MOD NO 2438 (SB SAAB 340–51–010)
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–20
Page 12
Jul 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

LIMITATIONS
SAFE MOMENT TABLES
1. 340A Safe moment tables in (lb in)
Corresponding graphs, see 01–10–20.
TAKE–OFF AND LANDING WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN
A/C MOMENT A/C MOMENT
WEIGHT 100 WEIGHT 100
lb lb in lb lb in
FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT
17000 71485 74186 20000 84480 87845
17100 71906 74643 20100 84920 88291
17200 72326 75101 20200 85361 88735
17300 72747 75559 20300 85804 89176
17400 73167 76010 20400 86245 89617
17500 73588 76468 20500 86688 90058
17600 74008 76927 20600 87130 90499
17700 74429 77386 20700 87573 90942
17800 74849 77838 20800 88015 91385
17900 75270 78297 20900 88459 91828
18000 75690 78757 21000 88901 92270
18100 76127 79216 21100 89346 92712
18200 76566 79669 21200 89788 93154
18300 77003 80129 21300 90233 93597
18400 77442 80590 21400 90676 94040
18500 77879 81051 21500 91121 94483
18600 78319 81504 21600 91565 94924
18700 78757 81965 21700 92010 95366
18800 79197 82427 21800 92454 95809
18900 79635 82888 21900 92900 96252
19000 80076 83350 22000 93344 96695
19100 80514 83805 22100 93790 96920
19200 80955 84330 22200 94235 97361
19300 81394 84730 22300 94681 97801
19400 81835 85193 22400 95126 98243
19500 82274 85636 22500 95571 98686
19600 82716 86079 22600 96018 99128
19700 83156 86523 22700 96464 99794
19800 83598 86964 22800 96911 100235
19900 84038 87405 22900 97357 100677
cont.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–30
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

TAKE–OFF AND LANDING WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN


A/C MOMENT A/C MOMENT
WEIGHT 100 WEIGHT 100
lb lb in lb lb in
FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT
23000 97805 101120 26000 111306 114417
23100 98251 101564 26100 111755 114861
23200 98700 102009 26200 112216 115308
23300 99146 102451 26300 112665 115750
23400 99595 102892 26400 113115 116192
23500 100042 103450 26500 113566 116634
23600 100491 103778 26600 114016 117079
23700 100938 104221 26700 114478 117523
23800 101388 104665 26800 114939 117968
23900 101836 105109 26900 115390 118413
24000 102286 105550 27000 115841 118855
24100 102733 105992 27275 117092 120065
24200 103184 106436 27400 117664 120619
24300 103632 106878 27500 118119 121063
24400 104083 107324 27600 118575 121507
24500 104532 107765 27700 119031 121951
24600 104979 108207 27800 119487 122396
24700 105436 108649 27900 119943 122840
24800 105883 109095 28000 120400 123284
24900 106341 109539
25000 106789 109985
25100 107236 110427
25200 107684 110869
25300 108132 111311
25400 108591 111755
25500 109040 112200
25600 109499 112646
25700 109947 113088
25800 110396 113530
25900 110846 113972

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–30
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

2. 340A Safe moment tables in (kg in)


Corresponding graphs, see 01–10–20.
TAKE–OFF AND LANDING WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN
A/C MOMENT A/C MOMENT
WEIGHT 100 WEIGHT 100
kg kg in kg kg in
FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT
7700 32378 33602 8900 37563 39085
7750 32589 33830 8950 37782 39306
7800 32799 34057 9000 38002 39527
7850 33009 34285 9050 38223 39749
7900 33220 34514 9100 38448 39969
7950 33430 34742 9150 38668 40190
8000 33640 34970 9200 38889 40412
8050 33850 35199 9250 39109 40632
8100 34061 35427 9300 39329 40854
8150 34271 35656 9350 39550 41075
8200 34489 35885 9400 39771 41296
8250 34700 36115 9450 39988 41516
8300 34918 36345 9500 40209 41737
8350 35137 36573 9550 40430 41959
8400 35355 36803 9600 40651 42181
8450 35583 37032 9650 40872 42402
8500 35802 37262 9700 41099 42623
8550 36021 37494 9750 41320 42844
8600 36240 37723 9800 41542 43065
8650 36460 37953 9850 41764 43287
8700 36679 38183 9900 41986 43507
8750 36899 38414 9950 42213 43730
8800 37118 38644 10000 42435 43951
8850 37338 38864 10050 42657 44173
cont.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–30
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

TAKE–OFF AND LANDING WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN


A/C MOMENT A/C MOMENT
WEIGHT 100 WEIGHT 100
kg kg in kg kg in
FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT
10100 42879 44393 11500 49161 50596
10150 43102 44614 11550 49388 50819
10200 43329 44836 11600 49612 51040
10250 43552 45056 11650 49840 51262
10300 43770 45278 11700 50064 51485
10350 43992 45500 11750 50292 51706
10400 44210 45721 11800 50516 51928
10450 44438 45942 11850 50744 52150
10500 44662 46165 11900 50968 52371
10550 44885 46385 11950 51197 52594
10600 45108 46608 12000 51426 52815
10650 45332 46821 12050 51650 53038
10700 45555 47050 12100 51874 53260
10750 45779 47272 12150 52104 53481
10800 46008 47493 12200 52333 53704
10850 46232 47715 12250 52558 53925
10900 46461 47937 12370 53104 54453
10950 46685 48158 12400 53241 54586
11000 46909 48380 12450 53468 54808
11050 47134 48602 12500 53696 55030
11100 47358 48822 12550 53924 55252
11150 47582 49045 12600 54152 55474
11200 47809 49266 12650 54380 55696
11250 48032 49488 12700 54609 55918
11300 48259 49710
11350 48482 49930
11400 48710 50153
11450 48937 50375

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–30
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

3. 340B Safe moment tables in (lb in)


Corresponding graphs, see 01–10–20.
TAKE–OFF AND LANDING WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN
A/C MOMENT A/C MOMENT
WEIGHT 100 WEIGHT 100
lb lb in lb lb in
FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT
17000 71485 74396 20000 84251 88439
17100 71906 74860 20100 84692 88912
17200 72326 75324 20200 85132 89385
17300 72747 75788 20300 85573 89830
17400 73167 76253 20400 86014 90275
17500 73588 76718 20500 86455 90720
17600 74008 77183 20600 86896 91165
17700 74429 77648 20700 87337 91610
17800 74849 78114 20800 87779 92055
17900 75270 78580 20900 88221 92500
18000 75690 79047 21000 88663 92945
18100 76111 79513 21100 89105 93390
18200 76531 79980 21200 89547 93835
18300 76952 80448 21300 89990 94281
18400 77372 80915 21400 90432 94726
18500 77793 81383 21500 90875 95171
18600 78213 81852 21600 91318 95616
18700 78634 82320 21700 91762 96062
18800 79054 82789 21800 92205 96507
18900 79475 83258 21900 92649 96952
19000 79895 83728 22000 93093 97398
19100 80316 84197 22100 93537 97843
19200 80736 84668 22200 93981 98288
19300 81175 85138 22300 94425 98734
19400 81614 85609 22400 94870 99179
19500 82053 86080 22500 95315 99625
19600 82492 86551 22600 95760 100070
19700 82932 87023 22700 96205 100516
19800 83371 87494 22800 96650 100961
19900 83811 87967 22900 97096 101407
cont.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–30
Page 5
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

TAKE–OFF AND LANDING WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN


A/C MOMENT A/C MOMENT
WEIGHT 100 WEIGHT 100
lb lb in lb lb in
FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT
23000 97542 101852 26000 111003 115231
23100 97988 102298 26100 111454 115677
23200 98434 102744 26200 111906 116124
23300 98880 103189 26300 112358 116570
23400 99327 103635 26400 112810 117016
23500 99773 104081 26500 113263 117463
23600 100220 104526 26600 113715 117909
23700 100667 104972 26700 114168 118356
23800 101115 105418 26800 114621 118802
23900 101562 105864 26900 115074 119249
24000 102010 106309 27000 115527 119695
24100 102458 106755 27100 115981 120142
24200 102906 107201 27200 116434 120588
24300 103354 107647 27300 116888 121035
24400 103802 108093 27400 117342 121482
24500 104251 108539 27500 117797 121928
24600 104700 108985 27600 118251 122375
24700 105149 109431 27700 118706 122822
24800 105598 109877 27800 119161 123269
24900 106047 110323 27900 119616 123715
25000 106497 110769 28000 120071 124162
25100 106946 111215 28100 120526 124609
25200 107396 111661 28200 120982 125056
25300 107846 112107 28300 121438 125503
25400 108297 112553 28400 121894 125949
25500 108747 113000 28500 122350 126396
25600 109198 113446 28600 122780 126841
25700 109649 113892 28700 123238 127285
25800 110100 114338 28800 123667 127728
25900 110551 114785 28900 124125 128172
29000 124555 128615

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–30
Page 6
Jul 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

4. 340B Safe moment tables in (kg in)


Corresponding graphs, see 01–10–20.
TAKE–OFF AND LANDING WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN
A/C MOMENT A/C MOMENT
WEIGHT 100 WEIGHT 100
kg kg in kg kg in
FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT
7700 32379 33694 9300 39221 41156
7750 32589 33926 9350 39442 41378
7800 32799 34158 9400 39662 41601
7850 33009 34390 9450 39883 41823
7900 33220 34622 9500 40104 42046
7950 33430 34855 9550 40325 42269
8000 33640 35087 9600 40546 42491
8050 33850 35320 9650 40768 42714
8100 34061 35553 9700 40989 42936
8150 34271 35786 9750 41210 43159
8200 34481 36020 9800 41432 43382
8250 34691 36253 9850 41654 43604
8300 34902 36487 9900 41875 43827
8350 35112 36721 9950 42097 44050
8400 35322 36955 10000 42319 44272
8450 35532 37189 10050 42541 44495
8500 35743 37423 10100 42764 44718
8550 35953 37658 10150 42986 44940
8600 36163 37892 10200 43208 45163
8650 36373 38127 10250 43431 45386
8700 36584 38362 10300 43653 45609
8750 36801 38597 10350 43876 45831
8800 37021 38833 10400 44099 46054
8850 37240 39068 10450 44322 46277
8900 37460 39304 10500 44545 46500
8950 37680 39540 10550 44768 46723
9000 37900 39776 10600 44991 46946
9050 38120 40012 10650 45214 47168
9100 38340 40248 10700 45438 47391
9150 38560 40485 10750 45661 47614
9200 38780 40711 10800 45885 47837
9250 39001 40933 10850 46109 48060
cont.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–30
Page 7
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

TAKE–OFF AND LANDING WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN


A/C MOMENT A/C MOMENT
WEIGHT 100 WEIGHT 100
kg kg in kg kg in
FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT FWD CG LIMIT AFT CG LIMIT
10900 46333 48283 12300 52643 54530
10950 46557 48506 12350 52870 54753
11000 46781 48729 12400 53097 54977
11050 47005 48952 12450 53324 55200
11100 47229 49175 12500 53551 55423
11150 47453 49398 12550 53778 55647
11200 47678 49621 12600 54006 55870
11250 47903 49844 12650 54233 56094
11300 48127 50067 12700 54461 56317
11350 48352 50290 12750 54689 56540
11400 48577 50513 12800 54916 56764
11450 48802 50736 12850 55144 56987
11500 49027 50959 12900 55372 57211
11550 49252 51182 12950 55600 57434
11600 49478 51405 13000 55809 57655
11650 49703 51628 13050 56037 57877
11700 49928 51851 13100 56265 58099
11750 50154 52075 13155 56500 58342
11800 50380 52298
11850 50606 52521
11900 50832 52744
11950 51058 52967
12000 51284 53191
12050 51510 53414
12100 51736 53637
12150 51963 53860
12200 52189 54084
12250 52416 54307

EFFECTIVITY: 01–10–30
Page 8
Jul 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

FUEL
GENERAL
Fuel Tank Arrangement. The fuel is contained in two integral wing tanks, one in each wing. Layout and
location of these are illustrated below.

A7056
FUEL TANK ARRANGEMENT
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–20–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

FUEL
DEFINITIONS AND FUEL WEIGHTS
All data in this section is based on a density of 6.7 lb/US gal (0.802 kg/L). The figures below are valid for
the total tank capacity and do not include tolerances for change of temperature, fuel specification or tank
measuring equipment.
Usable Fuel: 5690 lb (2580 kg) Fuel available for aircraft propulsion.
Unusable Fuel: 110 lb (50 kg) Fuel remaining after a fuel run–out test has been completed in accordance
with government regulations. It includes drainable unusable fuel plus unusable portion of trapped fuel.
Drainable Unusable Fuel: 55 lb (25 kg) Unusable fuel minus unusable portion of trapped fuel.
Trapped Fuel: 55 lb (25 kg) Fuel remaining when aircraft is defuelled by normal means using the
procedures and attitudes specified for draining the tanks.
Maximum Total Fuel: 5800 lb (2630 kg) 866 US gal (3280 L)
Maximum Allowable Fuel Unbalance: Limited to 200 lb (90 kg)

EFFECTIVITY: 01–20–10
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

FUEL
USABLE FUEL MOMENT TABLES
1. Fuel table in (lb in)
Fuel density: 6.7 lb/US gal
Unusable fuel: 110 lb approximately at STA 440.0
Usable fuel: 5690 lb approximately
FUEL TABLES
WEIGHT US STA MOMENT WEIGHT US STA MOMENT
lb gal in 100 lb gal in 100
lb in lb in
100 15 439.0 439 3100 463 13659
200 30 878 3200 478 14102
300 45 1318 3300 493 14545
400 60 1757 3400 507 14988
500 75 439.2 2196 3500 522 440.9 15431
600 90 2636 3600 537 15875
700 105 3076 3700 552 16319
800 119 3515 3800 567 16763
900 134 3955 3900 582 17207
1000 149 439.4 4394 4000 597 441.3 17651
1100 164 4837 4100 612 18096
1200 179 5277 4200 627 18541
1300 194 5717 4300 642 18985
1400 209 6156 4400 657 19430
1500 224 439.7 6596 4500 672 441.7 19875
1600 239 7037 4600 687 20321
1700 254 7478 4700 701 20766
1800 269 7918 4800 716 21212
1900 284 8359 4900 731 21657
2000 299 440.0 8800 5000 746 442.0 22103
2100 313 9241 5100 761 22551
2200 328 9682 5200 776 22999
2300 343 10124 5300 791 23447
2400 358 10565 5400 806 23895
2500 373 440.2 11006 5500 821 442.6 24343
2600 388 11448 5600 836 24793
2700 403 11890 5690 850 442.8 25178
2800 418 12332
2900 433 12774
3000 448 440.5 13216

EFFECTIVITY: 01–20–20
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

2. Moment reduction due to fuel consumption


Example: If the aircraft takes off with 3500 lb of fuel, then after consuming 1500 lb the reduction in total
fuel moment is (6631 x 100) lb in.

MOMENT REDUCTION
100 (lb in) WITH FUEL CONSUMED
CONSUMED 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500
FUEL lb
TAKE–OFF
FUEL lb
5800 2249 4488 6715 8939 11159 13374 15584 17793 19996 22198 24396
5500 2240 4468 6692 8912 11127 13337 15543 17747 19949 22147 24343
5000 2228 4452 6672 8887 11097 13303 15507 17709 19907 22103
4500 2224 4444 6659 8869 11075 13297 15481 17679 19875
4000 2220 4435 6645 8851 11055 13257 15455 17651
3500 2215 4425 6631 8835 11037 13235 15431
3000 2210 4416 6620 8822 11020 13216
2500 2206 4410 6612 8810 11006
2000 2204 4406 6604 8800
1500 2202 4400 6596
1000 2198 4394
500 2196

EFFECTIVITY: 01–20–20
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

3. Fuel table in (kg in)


Fuel density: 0.802 kg/L
Unusable fuel: 50 kg approximately at STA 440.0
Usable fuel: 2580 kg approximately
FUEL TABLES
WEIGHT LITERS STA MOMENT WEIGHT LITERS STA MOMENT
kg in 100 kg in 100
kg in kg in
50 62 439.0 220 1550 1931 6832
100 125 439 1600 1993 7054
150 187 659 1650 2056 7276
200 249 879 1700 2118 7499
250 311 439.2 1098 1750 2180 441.2 7721
300 374 1318 1800 2242 7943
350 436 1538 1850 2305 8166
400 498 1757 1900 2367 8389
450 561 1978 1950 2429 8609
500 623 439.5 2198 2000 2492 441.6 8832
550 685 2419 2050 2554 9055
600 747 2639 2100 2616 9278
650 810 2859 2150 2678 9500
700 872 3079 2200 2741 9722
750 934 439.8 3299 2250 2803 442.0 9946
800 997 3519 2300 2865 10170
850 1059 3739 2350 2928 10394
900 1121 3960 2400 2990 10618
950 1184 4180 2450 3052 10841
1000 1246 440.1 4401 2500 3115 442.6 11065
1050 1308 4622 2550 3177 11289
1100 1370 4842 2580 3220 442.8 11420
1150 1433 5062
1200 1495 5283
1250 1557 440.4 5505
1300 1620 5725
1350 1682 5947
1400 1744 6168
1450 1806 6390
1500 1869 440.8 6612

EFFECTIVITY: 01–20–20
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

4. Moment reduction due to fuel consumption


Example: If the aircraft takes off with 1750 kg of fuel, then after consuming 750 kg, the reduction in total
fuel moment is (3320 x 100) kg in.

MOMENT REDUCTION
100 (kg in) WITH FUEL CONSUMED
CONSUMED 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500
FUEL kg
TAKE–OFF
FUEL kg
2630 1124 2241 3354 4464 5573 6679 7782 8883 9983 11082
2500 1119 2233 3345 4453 5560 6664 7766 8867 9967 11065
2250 1114 2226 3334 4441 5545 6647 7748 8848 9946
2000 1112 2220 3327 4431 5533 6634 7734 8832
1750 1109 2216 3320 4422 5523 6623 7721
1500 1107 2211 3313 4414 5514 6612
1250 1104 2206 3307 4407 5505
1000 1102 2203 3303 4401
750 1101 2201 3299
500 1100 2198
250 1098

EFFECTIVITY: 01–20–20
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

FLUIDS
GENERAL
This section contains information on:
Engine oil
Propeller gearbox oil
Hydraulic Fluid
Chemical toilet fluid
Oxygen
Washing water

EFFECTIVITY: 01–30–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

FLUIDS
ENGINE AND PROPELLER GEARBOX OIL

ENGINE TANK OIL PROPELLER GEARBOX TANK OIL

A7057
ENGINE AND PROPELLER OIL TANKS
FIG. 1
Engine and propeller gearbox oil (Part of Standard Items) is distributed as in table below.

LOCATION VOLUME WEIGHT STA MOMENT


in 100
US gal liters lb kg lb in kg in
ENGINE LH 1.83 6.92 14.80 6.71 371.4 55 25
PROPELLER 1.25 4.72 10.11 4.58 332.4 34 15
GEARBOX LH
CIRCULATING 1.56 5.89 12.59 5.71 373.0 47 21
OIL LH
ENGINE RH 1.83 6.92 14.80 6.71 371.4 55 25
PROPELLER 1.25 4.72 10.11 4.58 332.4 34 15
GEARBOX RH
CIRCULATING 1.56 5.89 12.59 5.71 373.0 47 21
OIL RH
TOTAL 9.28 35.06 75.00 34.00 363.0 272 122
All weights are based on oil density of 8.09 lb/US gal at 90° F (0.97 kg/L at 30° C).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–30–10
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

FLUIDS
HYDRAULIC FLUID
This is included in the Manufacturers Empty Weight (MEW)

EFFECTIVITY: 01–30–20
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

FLUIDS
CHEMICAL TOILET FLUID, WASHING WATER AND OXYGEN
Chemical Toilet Fluid, Washing water and Oxygen are part of standard items.

ITEM WEIGHT STA MOMENT


in 100
lb kg lb in kg in
CHEMICAL
TOILET
FLUID
TOILET FWD
External serviced 14.0 6.4 231.0 32 15
Self contained 4.2 1.9 231.0 10 4
TOILET AFT 14.0 6.4 640.0 90 41
WASHING WATER
TOILET FWD
19.8 9.0 231.0 46 21
With MOD 2352 33.0 15.0 231.0 76 35
TOILET AFT 16.0 7.3 640.0 102 47
OXYGEN
1 bottle 4.0 1.8 166.0 7 3
2 bottles 8.0 3.6 166.0 14 6
3 bottles* 12.0 5.4 166.0 20 9
*For FAR 135 operation.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–30–30
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
GENERAL
This section provides weight and moment data for flight crew, attendants and passengers.
A maximum of 2 crew members are normally carried in the cockpit. There is 1 cabin attendant seat
situated in the forward left hand side of the passenger compartment. Additionally, there is an observers
seat carried either in cockpit or stowed at the rear of the passenger compartment when not in use. When
an observer is carried, the seat is positioned just inside the flight compartent with its back against the
cockpit door. The flight deck and the attendant seat is shown in 01–40–10 fig1.

Depending on the configuration of the passenger compartment, the actual number of passengers,
excluding infants, must not exceed the number of seats provided with safety belts. An infant may be
seated on the knee of an adult , but the number of infants that may be carried is limited by the number of
available oxygen masks and life vests.

The average passenger weight used in the passenger moment table is 170 lb (77 kg), in which hand
luggage is included. Normally, passenger seat rows are in 30 in pitch position, and pilots seats are in
middle position. In some configurations, number of attendants and seat row pitch can vary.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
CREW MOMENT TABLE
Crew seating is shown in fig 1 on the next page.
PERSONNEL
CREW MOMENT TABLE
Position Weight Weight STA MOMENT MOMENT
lb kg (in) 100 100
lb in kg in
Pilot 170 77 193 328 149
Pilot 170 77 193 328 149
Attendant 130 59 272 354 160
Attendant 2 130 59 306 398 180
Observer 170 77 – 313* 142*
Observer 170 77 215 366** 166**
* Resultant moment when an observer is on board and the observer seat is moved from stowed position
at the rear of the passenger compartment (STA 608) to the cockpit (STA 215).
** Resultant moment when an observer is on board and the observer seat is carried in the cockpit (STA
215).
NOTE: The observer seat position at the time of weighing the aircraft is shown in the Equipment list,
which is a part of the Weight and Balance Report, established for each aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–10
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

A7058
FLIGHT CREW SEATING. STA INDICATE FLIGHT CREW CG
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–10
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (36 AND 37 SEAT CONFIG)
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–20, page 1 (36 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
1 170 77 638 1085 491
15 TRIPLE 2 340 154 638 2169 983
3 510 231 638 3254 1474
Total passenger centroid is STA 472.5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–20
Page 1
Jan 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–20, page 2 and 3 (36 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
1 170 77 638 1085 491
12 TRIPLE 2 340 154 638 2169 983
3 510 231 638 3254 1474
Total passenger centroid is STA 472.5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–20
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–20, page 4 (36 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 462 785 356
6 2 340 154 462 1570 712
SINGLE 1 170 77 462 785 356
DOUBLE 1 170 77 491 835 378
7 2 340 154 491 1669 756
SINGLE 1 170 77 491 835 378
DOUBLE 1 170 77 520 884 400
8 2 340 154 520 1768 801
SINGLE 1 170 77 520 884 400
DOUBLE 1 170 77 549 933 423
9 2 340 154 549 1867 845
SINGLE 1 170 77 549 933 423
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
1 170 77 638 1085 491
12 TRIPLE 2 340 154 638 2169 983
3 510 231 638 3254 1474
Total passenger centroid is STA 473.2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–20
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–20, page 5 (37 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
2 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
1 170 77 638 1085 491
15 TRIPLE 2 340 154 638 2169 983
3 510 231 638 3254 1474
Total passenger centroid is STA 466.7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–20
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–20, page 6 (36 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 547 930 421
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 576 979 443
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 605 1028 466
1 170 77 638 1085 491
15 TRIPLE 2 340 154 638 2169 983
3 510 231 638 3254 1474
Total passenger centroid is STA 472.3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–20
Page 5
Jan 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (35 SEAT CONFIG)
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–25, page 1 (35 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
1 SINGLE 1 170 77 230 391 177
2 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 445.3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–25
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–25, page 2 (35 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
1 170 77 638 1085 491
12 DOUBLE 2 340 154 638 2169 983
Total passenger centroid is STA 467.7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–25
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (34 SEAT CONFIG)
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30, page 1 and 5 (34 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
2 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 451.6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–30
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30, page 2 (34 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
0 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 451.6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–30
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30, page 3 (34 seat quick change config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
2 340 154 608 2067 936
Total passenger centroid is STA 461.8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–30
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30, page 4 (34 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
2 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 451.3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–30
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30, page 7 (34 seat quick change config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg in 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
2 340 154 578 1965 890
10 SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
2 340 154 608 2067 936
Total passenger centroid is STA 461.8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–30
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30, page 8 (34 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
1 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
2 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
3 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
4 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
5 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
6 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
7 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
8 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
9 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
10 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
11 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
12 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 451.6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–30
Page 6
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30, page 6 (34 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
2 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 307 522 236
3 2 340 154 307 1044 473
SINGLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 451.4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–30
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30, page 10 (34 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 308.5 524 238
1 2 340 154 308.5 1049 475
SINGLE 1 170 77 308.5 524 238
DOUBLE 1 170 77 338.5 575 261
2 2 340 154 338.5 1151 521
SINGLE 1 170 77 338.5 575 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 368.5 626 284
3 2 340 154 368.5 1253 567
SINGLE 1 170 77 368.5 626 284
DOUBLE 1 170 77 398.5 677 307
4 2 340 154 398.5 1355 614
SINGLE 1 170 77 398.5 677 307
DOUBLE 1 170 77 428.5 728 330
5 2 340 154 428.5 1457 660
SINGLE 1 170 77 428.5 728 330
DOUBLE 1 170 77 460.5 783 355
6 2 340 154 460.5 1566 709
SINGLE 1 170 77 460.5 783 355
DOUBLE 1 170 77 490.5 834 378
7 2 340 154 490.5 1668 755
SINGLE 1 170 77 490.5 834 378
DOUBLE 1 170 77 519.5 883 400
8 2 340 154 519.5 1766 800
SINGLE 1 170 77 519.5 883 400
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548.5 932 422
9 2 340 154 548.5 1865 845
SINGLE 1 170 77 548.5 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 577.5 982 445
10 2 340 154 577.5 1964 889
SINGLE 1 170 77 577.5 982 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608.5 1034 469
11 2 340 154 608.5 2069 937
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608.5 1034 469
2 340 154 608.5 2069 937
Total passenger centroid is STA 463.3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–30
Page 8
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (33 SEAT CONFIG)
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–35, page 1, 5 and 11 (33 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 457.4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–35
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–35, page 2, 4, 8 and 9 (33 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 457.4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–35
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–35, page 3 (33 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 307 522 236
3 2 340 154 307 1044 473
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 337 573 259
4 2 340 154 337 1146 519
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 367 624 282
5 2 340 154 367 1248 565
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 457.6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–35
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–35, page 6 (33 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 462 785 356
6 2 340 154 462 1570 712
SINGLE 1 170 77 462 785 356
DOUBLE 1 170 77 491 835 378
7 2 340 154 491 1669 756
SINGLE 1 170 77 491 835 378
DOUBLE 1 170 77 520 884 400
8 2 340 154 520 1768 801
SINGLE 1 170 77 520 884 400
DOUBLE 1 170 77 549 933 423
9 2 340 154 549 1867 845
SINGLE 1 170 77 549 933 423
DOUBLE 1 170 77 579 984 446
10 2 340 154 579 1969 892
SINGLE 1 170 77 579 984 446
DOUBLE 1 170 77 609 1035 469
11 2 340 154 609 2071 938
SINGLE 1 170 77 609 1035 469
Total passenger centroid is STA 458.3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–35
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–35, page 7 (33 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 307 522 236
1 2 340 154 307 1044 473
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 337 573 259
2 2 340 154 337 1146 519
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 367 624 282
3 2 340 154 367 1248 565
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 457.6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–35
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–35, page 10 (32 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
10 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
14 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 463.4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–35
Page 6
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (30 SEAT CONFIG)
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–40, page 1 (30 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
3 DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
2 340 154 306 1040 471
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 326 554 251
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 359 610 276
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 392 666 302
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 425 723 327
DOUBLE 1 170 77 462 785 356
8 2 340 154 462 1570 711
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 498 847 383
9 2 340 154 498 1693 767
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 534 908 411
10 2 340 154 534 1816 822
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 570 969 439
11 2 340 154 570 1938 878
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
12 SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 606 1030 467
14 2 340 154 606 2060 933
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 456.6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–40
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–40, page 2 (30 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
3 2 340 154 306 1040 471
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
4 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
5 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
6 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
7 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
8 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 489 831 377
9 2 340 154 489 1663 753
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 520 884 400
10 2 340 154 520 1768 801
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 551 937 424
11 2 340 154 551 1873 849
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 582 989 448
12 2 340 154 582 1979 896
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
14 SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 452.8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–40
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–40, page 3 (30 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
11 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 469.3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–40
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–40, page 4, 6 and 7 (30 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
2 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 366 622 282
3 2 340 154 366 1244 564
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 396 673 305
4 2 340 154 396 1346 610
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
5 2 340 154 426 1448 656
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
6 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
7 2 340 154 488 1659 752
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
8 2 340 154 518 1761 798
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
9 2 340 154 548 1863 844
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
DOUBLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
10 2 340 154 578 1965 890
SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
11 SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 452.2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–40
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–40, page 5 (30 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
2 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 314 534 242
3 2 340 154 314 1068 484
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 350 595 270
4 2 340 154 350 1190 539
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 386 656 297
5 2 340 154 386 1312 594
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 422 717 325
6 2 340 154 422 1435 650
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
7 2 340 154 458 1557 705
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 494 840 380
8 2 340 154 494 1680 761
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 530 830 408
9 2 340 154 530 1659 816
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 566 962 436
10 2 340 154 566 1924 872
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 602 1023 464
11 2 340 154 602 2047 927
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
12 SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
14 SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 451.4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–40
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–40, page 8 (30 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
1 SINGLE 1 170 77 260 442 200
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
2 2 340 154 306 1040 471
SINGLE 1 170 77 310 527 239
DOUBLE 1 170 77 344 585 265
3 2 340 154 344 1170 530
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
DOUBLE 1 170 77 382 649 294
4 2 340 154 382 1299 588
SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
DOUBLE 1 170 77 420 714 323
5 2 340 154 420 1428 647
SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
DOUBLE 1 170 77 456 775 351
6 2 340 154 456 1550 702
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
DOUBLE 1 170 77 494 840 380
7 2 340 154 494 1680 761
SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
DOUBLE 1 170 77 532 904 410
8 2 340 154 532 1809 819
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
DOUBLE 1 170 77 570 969 439
9 2 340 154 570 1938 878
SINGLE 1 170 77 518 881 399
DOUBLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
10 2 340 154 608 2067 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 548 932 422
11 SINGLE 1 170 77 578 983 445
12 SINGLE 1 170 77 608 1034 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 452.1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–40
Page 6
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–40, page 9 (30 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 308.8 525 238
1 2 340 154 308.8 1050 475
SINGLE 1 170 77 311.8 530 240
DOUBLE 1 170 77 337.8 574 260
2 2 340 154 337.8 1148 520
SINGLE 1 170 77 340.8 579 262
DOUBLE 1 170 77 367.8 625 283
3 2 340 154 367.8 1250 566
SINGLE 1 170 77 369.8 629 285
DOUBLE 1 170 77 397.8 676 306
4 2 340 154 397.8 1352 613
SINGLE 1 170 77 398.8 678 307
DOUBLE 1 170 77 427.8 727 329
5 2 340 154 427.8 1454 659
SINGLE 1 170 77 427.8 727 329
DOUBLE 1 170 77 459.8 782 354
6 2 340 154 459.8 1563 708
SINGLE 1 170 77 459.8 782 354
DOUBLE 1 170 77 496.8 844 382
7 2 340 154 496.8 1689 765
SINGLE 1 170 77 496.8 844 382
DOUBLE 1 170 77 533.8 907 411
8 2 340 154 533.8 1815 822
SINGLE 1 170 77 533.8 907 411
DOUBLE 1 170 77 570.8 970 439
9 2 340 154 570.8 1941 879
SINGLE 1 170 77 570.8 970 439
DOUBLE 1 170 77 607.8 1033 468
10 2 340 154 607.8 2066 936
SINGLE 1 170 77 607.8 1033 468
Total passenger centroid is STA 451.0

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–40
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
PASSENGER MOMENT TABLES (< 30 SEAT CONFIG)
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–45, page 1 (19 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
1 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
2 SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
3 SINGLE 1 170 77 397 675 306
4 SINGLE 1 170 77 434 738 334
5 SINGLE 1 170 77 464 789 357
6 SINGLE 1 170 77 494 840 380
SINGLE 1 170 77 359 610 276
FWD 7 SINGLE 1 170 77 389 661 299
SINGLE 1 170 77 419 712 323
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
AFT 7 SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
8 SINGLE 1 170 77 531 903 409
9 SINGLE 1 170 77 591 1005 455
SINGLE 1 170 77 517 879 398
10 SINGLE 1 170 77 547 930 421
SINGLE 1 170 77 577 981 444
Total passenger centroid is STA 445.6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–45
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–45, page 2 (18 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 306 520 236
1 2 340 154 306 1040 471
DOUBLE 1 170 77 344 585 265
2 2 340 154 344 1170 530
SINGLE 1 170 77 344 585 265
DOUBLE 1 170 77 382 649 294
3 2 340 154 382 1300 588
SINGLE 1 170 77 382 649 294
DOUBLE 1 170 77 420 714 323
4 2 340 154 420 1428 647
5 SINGLE 1 170 77 476 809 366
6 SINGLE 1 170 77 519 882 400
7 SINGLE 1 170 77 552 938 425
8 SINGLE 1 170 77 603 1025 464
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
9 FWD SINGLE 1 170 77 509 865 392
SINGLE 1 170 77 531 903 409
9 AFT SINGLE 1 170 77 552 938 425
Total passenger centroid is STA 436.7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–45
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–45, page 3 (17 seat config).
SEAT NUMBER WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW OF PAX lb kg (in) 100 100
IN SEATS lb in kg in
DOUBLE 1 170 77 336 571 259
1 2 340 154 336 1142 517
SINGLE 1 170 77 339 576 261
2 SINGLE 1 170 77 368 626 283
3 SINGLE 1 170 77 416 707 320
4 SINGLE 1 170 77 494 840 380
SINGLE 1 170 77 359 610 276
FWD 5 SINGLE 1 170 77 389 661 299
SINGLE 1 170 77 419 712 323
SINGLE 1 170 77 426 724 328
AFT 5 SINGLE 1 170 77 458 779 353
SINGLE 1 170 77 488 830 376
6 SINGLE 1 170 77 531 903 409
7 SINGLE 1 170 77 591 1005 455
SINGLE 1 170 77 517 879 398
8 SINGLE 1 170 77 547 930 421
SINGLE 1 170 77 577 981 444
Total passenger centroid is STA 444.6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–45
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
IN FLIGHT MOVEMENTS
NOTE: In basic aircraft configuration with aft lavatory (STA 634) and providing the aircraft is loaded on
the ground to be within CG limits for take–off and landing, then this will take care of all normal
cabin movements in flight.
There are, however, occasions when suitable measures may need to be taken to maintain the balance of
the aircraft within the CG limits. Examples of typical movements and their moment effect are:

In flight movements (lb in) Moment (lb in)


100

Pilot (170 lb) to aft lavatory at STA 634 749

Passenger (165 lb) seat row 1 at STA 230 to aft lavatory at STA 634 666

Passenger (165 lb) seat row 14 at STA 609 to forward lavatory at STA 231 –623

Passenger (165 lb) seat row 15 at STA 638 to forward lavatory at STA 231 –672

Flight Attendant (130 lb) to seat row 14 at STA 609 438

Landing gear retraction –252

Observers seat (13 lb) from rear of passenger compartment to flight crew
compartment. –53

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–50
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

In flight movements (kg in) Moment (kg in)


100

Pilot (77 kg) to aft lavatory at STA 634 339

Passenger (75 kg) seat row 1 at STA 230 to aft lavatory at STA 634 303

Passenger (75 kg) seat row 14 at STA 609 to forward lavatory at STA 231 –283

Passenger (75 kg) seat row 15 at STA 638 to forward lavatory at STA 231 –305

Flight attendant (59 kg) to seat row 14 at STA 609 198

Landing gear retraction –114

Observers seat (6 kg) from rear of passenger compartment to flight crew


compartment –24

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–50
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

PERSONNEL
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AND DOOR OPENING
8.0 in

Ref in m
a 85.0 2.16
b 72.0 1.83
c 16.3 0.41
d 17.0 0.43
e 67.0 1.70

A17162

FIG. 1 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AND DOOR OPENING

EFFECTIVITY: 01–40–60
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
GENERAL
This section deals with
– Stowage facilities in the flight and passenger compartments
– Seating arrangements
– Galley, wardobe and toilet arrangements

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
FLIGHT DECK STOWAGES
Maximum load: Luggage stowage 33 lb (15 kg) each. Manual stowage 11 lb (5 kg) each.

LUGGAGE STOWAGE STA 191


STA 209 MANUAL STOWAGE

A7063
FLIGHT DECK
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–05
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
BALLAST INSTALLATION
1. General
POST MOD 2880
REF. FIG. 1
This subject gives you the weights and moment values for the nose ballast installation.
2. Weight and Moment Tables
A. Ballast

Size of Bal- Number of Weight Weight STA Moment Moment


last Weight Ballast lb kg in 100 100
lb in kg in
Large 1 14.75 6.69 142.0 20.95 9.50
Large 2 29.50 13.38 142.0 41.89 19.00
Large 3 44.25 20.07 142.0 62.84 28.50
Large 4 59.00 26.76 142.0 83.78 38.00
Small 1 4.89 2.22 142.0 6.94 3.15
Small 2 9.78 4.44 142.0 13.89 6.30
Small 3 14.67 6.65 142.0 20.83 9.45

B. Distance

Size of Dis- Number of Weight Weight STA Moment Moment


tance Ballast lb kg in 100 100
lb in kg in
Large 1 0.41 0.19 142.0 0.58 0.26
Large 2 0.82 0.37 142.0 1.16 0.53
Large 3 1.23 0.56 142.0 1.75 0.79
Large 4 1.64 0.74 142.0 2.33 1.06
Small 1 0.13 0.06 142.0 0.18 0.08
Small 2 0.26 0.12 142.0 0.37 0.17
Small 3 0.39 0.18 142.0 0.55 0.25

C. Examples
(1) Minimum ballast (emty installation).

Type of Ballast Weight Weight STA Moment Moment


lb kg in 100 100
lb in kg in
4 Large Distances 1.64 0.74 142.0 2.33 1.06
3 Small Distances 0.39 0.18 142.0 0.55 0.25
Total: 2.03 0.99 142.0 2.88 1.31

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–07
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

(2) Part ballast.

Type of Ballast Weight Weight STA Moment Moment


lb kg in 100 100
lb in kg in
1 Small Ballast Weight 4.89 2.22 142.0 6.94 3.15
4 Large Distances 1.64 0.74 142.0 2.33 1.06
2 Small Distances 0.26 0.12 142.0 0.37 0.17
Total: 6.79 3.08 142.0 9.64 4.38

(3) Full ballast.

Type of Ballast Weight Weight STA Moment Moment


lb kg in 100 100
lb in kg in
4 Large Ballast Weights 59.00 26.76 142.0 83.78 38.00
3 Small Ballast Weights 14.67 6.65 142.0 20.83 9.45
Total: 73.67 33.41 142.0 104.61 47.44

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–07
Page 2
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

RBL 10.5

FWD

B
BL 0

SMALL
DISTANCE

C LARGE
DISTANCE

SMALL
WEIGHT
LARGE
WEIGHT

B C
NOTE: FULL BALLAST INSTALLATION SHOWN NOTE: DIFFERENT BALLAST TYPES SHOWN

A18170

FIG. 1 BALLAST INSTALLATION

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–07
Page 3
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STOWAGES
1. Under–seat stowage space. (Each)
Single seat: 1.13 ft.3 (0.032 m3)
Double seat: 2.58 ft.3 (0.073 m3)
2. Overhead Bins Gen. I
REF. FIG. 1

STA Length Width Height Volume


in in m in m in m ft. 3 m3
238 23 0.59 5.0 0.12 0.83 0.02
270 48 1.22 18.0 0.45 5.0 0.12 3.15 0.09
318 48 1.22 18.0 0.45 5.0 0.12 3.15 0.09
367 48 1.22 18.0 0.45 5.0 0.12 3.15 0.09
415 48 1.22 18.0 0.45 5.0 0.12 3.15 0.09
463 48 1.22 18.0 0.45 5.0 0.12 3.15 0.09
511 48 1.22 18.0 0.45 5.0 0.12 3.15 0.09
557 48 1.22 18.0 0.45 5.0 0.12 3.15 0.09
600 48 1.22 18.0 0.45 5.0 0.12 3.15 0.09

Maximum load STA 238: 10 lb (4.5 kg)


Maximum load elsewhere: 30 lb (14 kg)
3. Overhead Bins Gen. II
REF. FIG. 1

STA Length Width Height Volume


in in m in m in m ft. 3 m3
238 23 0.59 7.0 0.18 1.17 0.03
270 48 1.22 18.5 0.47 7.0 0.18 4.07 0.12
319 48 1.22 18.5 0.47 7.0 0.18 4.07 0.12
367 48 1.22 18.5 0.47 7.0 0.18 4.07 0.12
415 48 1.22 18.5 0.47 7.0 0.18 4.07 0.12
463 48 1.22 18.5 0.47 7.0 0.18 4.07 0.12
511 48 1.22 18.5 0.47 7.0 0.18 3.62 0.10
557 48 1.22 18.5 0.47 7.0 0.18 3.62 0.10
600 48 1.22 18.5 0.47 7.0 0.18 3.62 0.10

Maximum load STA 238: 30 lb (13.6 kg)


Maximum load elsewhere: 45 lb (20.5 kg)

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–10
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

A7064
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STOWAGES – GEN. I and Gen. II
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–10
Page 2
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

4. Overhead Bins Gen. III


REF. FIG. 2

STA Length WIDTH HEIGHT VOLUME


in in m in m in m ft. 3 m3
285 22.2 0.53 10.6 0.27 13.1 0.33 1.27 0.04
317 47.6 1.21 19.6 0.50 13.1 0.33 5.05 0.14
369 48.4 1.23 19.6 0.50 13.1 0.33 5.15 0.15
418 48.4 1.23 19.6 0.50 13.1 0.33 5.08 0.14
461 44.8 1.14 19.6 0.50 13.1 0.33 4.80 0.14
510 44.8 1.14 19.6 0.50 13.1 0.33 4.77 0.14
551 43.4 1.10 19.6 0.50 13.1 0.33 4.70 0.13
596 43.4 1.10 19.6 0.50 13.1 0.33 4.50 0.13

Maximum load STA 285: 30 lb (13.6 kg)


Maximum load elsewhere: 44 lb (20 kg)

STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA


285 317 369 418 461 510 551 596

A13262
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STOWAGES – GEN. III
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–10
Page 3
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
PASSENGER STANDARD SEAT MOMENT TABLE
1. 35 seat configuration
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–25 page 1.
NOTE: The following list is for standard seat arrangement only. For customized seats and seating
refer to EQUIPMENT CHECK LIST, established for each particular aircraft and attached to the
AIRCRAFT DELIVERY DOCUMENTS. (In Chapter 2 of this manual, space is reserved under
02–00–40 for EQUIPMENT CHECK LIST).
SEAT SEAT WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW TYPE lb kg (in) 100 100
lb in kg in
1 SINGLE 24.6 11.2 228.7 56 26
2 SINGLE 24.6 11.2 258.7 64 29
3 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 311.3 45 21
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 307.3 90 41
4 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 340.3 50 22
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 337.3 98 45
5 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 369.3 54 24
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 367.3 107 48
6 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 398.3 58 26
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 397.3 116 52
7 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 427.3 62 28
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 427.3 125 56
8 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 459.3 67 30
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 459.3 134 61
9 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 489.3 71 32
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 489.3 142 65
10 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 519.3 76 34
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 519.3 152 69
11 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 549.3 80 36
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 549.3 160 73
12 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 579.3 85 38
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 579.3 169 76
14 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 609.3 89 40
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 609.3 178 80
The seat weights in the table apply to seats excluding seat tables. Seat tables will increase the total seat
weight by approximately 49.9 lb (22.6 kg).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–15
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

2. 34 seat configuration
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–30 page 1.
NOTE: The following list is for standard seat arrangement only. For customized seats and seating
refer to EQUIPMENT CHECK LIST, established for each particular aircraft and attached to the
AIRCRAFT DELIVERY DOCUMENTS. (In Chapter 2 of this manual, space is reserved under
02–00–40 for EQUIPMENT CHECK LIST).
SEAT SEAT WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW TYPE lb kg (in) 100 100
lb in kg in
2 SINGLE 24.6 11.2 258.7 64 29
3 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 311.3 45 21
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 307.3 90 41
4 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 340.3 50 22
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 337.3 98 45
5 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 369.3 54 24
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 367.3 107 48
6 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 398.3 58 26
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 397.3 116 52
7 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 427.3 62 28
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 427.3 125 56
8 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 459.3 67 30
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 459.3 134 61
9 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 489.3 71 32
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 489.3 142 65
10 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 519.3 76 34
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 519.3 152 69
11 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 549.3 80 36
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 549.3 160 73
12 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 579.3 85 38
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 579.3 169 76
14 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 609.3 89 40
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 609.3 178 80
The seat weights in the table apply to seats excluding seat tables. Seat tables will increase the total seat
weight by approximately 48.6lb (22.0 kg).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–15
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

3. 33 seat configuration
Table below corresponds to cabin layout in section 01–50–35 page 1.
NOTE: The following list is for standard seat arrangement only. For customized seats and seating
refer to EQUIPMENT CHECK LIST, established for each particular aircraft and attached to the
AIRCRAFT DELIVERY DOCUMENTS. (In Chapter 2 of this manual, space is reserved under
02–00–40 for EQUIPMENT CHECK LIST).
SEAT SEAT WEIGHT WEIGHT STA MOMENT MOMENT
ROW TYPE lb kg (in) 100 100
lb in kg in
3 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 311.3 45 21
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 307.3 90 41
4 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 340.3 50 22
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 337.3 98 45
5 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 369.3 54 24
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 367.3 107 48
6 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 398.3 58 26
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 397.3 116 52
7 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 427.3 62 28
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 427.3 125 56
8 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 459.3 67 30
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 459.3 134 61
9 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 489.3 71 32
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 489.3 142 65
10 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 519.3 76 34
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 519.3 152 69
11 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 549.3 80 36
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 549.3 160 73
12 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 579.3 85 38
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 579.3 169 76
14 SINGLE 14.6 6.6 609.3 89 40
DOUBLE 29.2 13.2 609.3 178 80
The seat weights in the table apply to seats excluding seat tables. Seat tables will increase the total seat
weight by approximately 46.2 lb (21.0 kg).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–15
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 36–37 SEATS
STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT )

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 6 OF 30

STA 98 231 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3 639.3

ROW 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15

EMERG. EXIT

LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH
STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

LA = LAVATORY
CL = COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING
OPB: B–(FAL) UP TO A/C –154
FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–20 PAGE 1

A28602

FIG. 1 36 SEAT CONFIGURATION

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–20
Page 1
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 299 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 6 OF 30

STA 98 231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3 639.3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ROW

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 303 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

LA=LAVATORY
GA=GALLEY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–20 PAGE 2

OPB: SE–GAO

A8076
36 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–20
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 300 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 6 OF 30

STA 98 237 262 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3 639.3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ROW

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 578.3 607.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 3 OF 30 2 OF 29
PITCH

STA 303 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

LA=LAVATORY
GA=GALLEY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–20 PAGE 2

OPB: VH–HZL, JA–JAS, JA–HAC, B–CSN

A21383
36 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–20
Page 3
May 01/00
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 299 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 36 4 OF 29 2 OF 30

STA 98 237 262 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 463.3 492.3 521.3 550.3 579.3 609.3 639.3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ROW

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 463.3 492.3 521.3 550.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 36 4 OF 29 1 OF 30
PITCH

STA 303 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

LA=LAVATORY
GA=GALLEY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–20 PAGE 3

OPB: F–AVD

A9580
36 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–20
Page 4
Apr 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 270
FIRST SEAT FITTING (AFT FACING SEAT) OUTBOARD LEG

STA 299 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 6 OF 30

STA 98 231 258.7 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3 639.3

ROW 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15

EMERG. EXIT

LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 303 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG

LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–20 PAGE 4

OPB: B–(FAL) A/C – 336 AND – 337

A12322
37 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–20
Page 5
Jan 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 299 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 6 OF 30

STA 98 231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3 639.3

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 ROW

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 548.3 577.3 606.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 2 OF 30 3 OF 29
PITCH

STA 303 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

LA=LAVATORY
GA=GALLEY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–20 PAGE 5

OPB: B – ( FAL ) FROM A/C – 351

A12693
36 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–20
Page 6
Jan 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 35 SEATS
FIRST SEAT FITTING STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING
(AFT FACING SEAT) (DOUBLE SEAT)

STA 270
PITCH
1 OF 30 4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 228.7 258.7 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

LA=LAVATORY
OPB: VH–(KD) CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)
A/C–016
NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS
LN–(RT)
N–(QO) THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–25 PAGE 1

A17164

FIG. 1 35 SEAT CONFIGURATION

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–25
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 6 OF 30

STA 237 262 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3 639.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–25 PAGE 2


OPB: 00–RF

A7137
35 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–25
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 34 SEATS
STA 270 FIRST SEAT FITTING (AFT FACING SEAT)

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA231 258.7 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH
STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)
GA = GALLEY
LA = LAVATORY
OPB: SE–(JG) CL = COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)
VH–(KD) FROM A/C–052
LV–(TN) NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS
N–FY UP TO A/C–119
N–SS, LV–(LA), LN–JB THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 1

A28601

FIG. 1 34 SEAT CONFIGURATION

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 1
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 270
FIRST SEAT FITTING (AFT FACING SEAT)

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA231 258.7 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 2

OPB: F–QD A/C–085


OH–(FA) FROM A/C –167

A7072
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 3

OPB: OH–(FA) UP TO A/C –139


SE–(YD) UP TO A/C –133

A6996
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 270
FIRST SEAT FITTING (AFT FACING SEAT)

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA231 258.7 308.1 338.1 368.1 398.1 428.1 460.1 490.1 520.1 550.1 580.1 610.1

ROW 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 308.1 338.1 368.1 398.1 428.1 460.1 490.1 520.1 550.1 580.1 610.1

4 OF 30 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 4

OPB: N–(HQ) FROM A/C – 096 TO –108

A7024
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 270
FIRST SEAT FITTING (AFT FACING SEAT)

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA231 258.7 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

WA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 1

OPB: N–CHQ A/C –125

A7031
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 270
FIRST SEAT FITTING (AFT FACING SEAT)

STA 299 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG

PITCH
1 OF 29 3 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 231 261.6 309.1 338.1 368.1 398.1 428.1 460.1 490.1 520.1 550.1 580.1 610.1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 ROW

EMERG. EXIT

GA
LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 308.1 338.1 368.1 398.1 428.1 460.1 490.1 520.1 550.1 580.1 610.1

4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 298 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 7

OPB: N–(HQ) FROM A/C –150

A7042
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 6
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.


STA 298. OPB: N–FY
STA 299. OPB: ALL OTHERS

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 234 262 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 303. OPB: ALL OTHERS


STA 302. OPB: N–FY
FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.
GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 5

OPB: N–FY FROM A/C –165


N–NAE
N–WWM
N–SYM

A7183
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 270 FIRST SEAT FITTING (AFT FACING SEAT)

STA 299 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT INBOARD LEG)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 231 258.7 307.5 337.5 367.5 397.5 427.5 459.5 489.5 519.5 549.5 579.5 609.5

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

EMERG. EXIT

GA
LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.5 340.5 369.5 398.5 427.5 459.5 489.5 519.5 549.5 579.5 609.5

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 303 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT INBOARD LEG)

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 6


OPB: EI–EIN

A9851
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 8
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 234 262 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 5

OPB: C–CAV

A11571
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 9
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 1 OF 30 4 OF 29

STA 98 233 262 309.8 339.8 369.8 399.8 429.8 461.8 491.8 520.8 549.8 578.8 609.8

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 309.8 339.8 369.8 399.8 429.8 461.8 491.8 520.8 549.8 578.8 609.8

4 OF 30 1 OF 32 1 OF 30 4 OF 29
PITCH

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–30 PAGE 8

OPB: N–(MES)

A15862
34 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 10

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–30
Page 10
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 33 SEATS
STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)
PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

STA 245 ROW 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14


STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH
STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA = GALLEY
LA = LAVATORY
CL = COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE : PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

OPB: HB–LX FROM A/C–126 TO –161 THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING
PH–WU UP TO A/C–055
FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 1

A28596

FIG. 1 33 SEAT CONFIGURATION

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 1
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3
STA 98
ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

EMERG.EXIT

GA WA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 2

OPB: N–(OH), N–(MJ)

A7071
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
2 OF 30 1OF291OF301 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 231 259 308.3 338.3 368.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 ROW

EMERG. EXIT

GA WA
LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 3

OPB: N–(HQ) UP TO A/C –063

A6997
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.


STA 298. OPB: F–BZ, F–EY, F–QD, HB–LX
STA 299. OPB: ALL OTHERS

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 245 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

EMERG. EXIT

GA
LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 303. OPB: ALL OTHERS


STA 302. OPB: F–BZ, F–EY, F–QD, HB–LX
FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.
GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 2

OPB: F–BZ A/C –083


F–EY A/C –011
F–QD A/C –086
HB–LX UP TO A/C –122 AND FROM A/C –164
PH–WU FROM A/C –175

A7005
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA WA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 1

OPB: G–(JE)

A7025
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 36 3 OF 29 2 OF 30

STA245 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3463.3 492.3 521.3 550.3 580.3 610.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 463.3 492.3 521.3 550.3 580.3 610.3

4 OF 29 3 OF 29 2 OF 30
1 OF 36
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 4

OPB: F–BZ FROM A/C –117

A7026
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 6
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 299 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
1OF30
2 OF 30 1OF29 1OF32 5 OF 30

STA231 308.3 338.3 368.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 5

OPB: D–BO

A7027
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 224 252 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

EMERG. EXIT

GA
CS
LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

CS=COAT SPACE
GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 2

OPB: D–(AB)

A7040
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 8
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 231 259 308.1 338.1 368.1 398.1 428.1 460.1 490.1 520.1 550.1 580.1 610.1

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA WA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 312.1 341.1 370.1 399.1 428.1 460.1 490.1 520.1 550.1 580.1 610.1

4 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 2

OPB: N–(PX) A/C –142 TO –147

A7041
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 9
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 299 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 224 252 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14

EMERG. EXIT

GA
CS
LA

CL
WA

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 307 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

3 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 331 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

CS=COAT SPACE
GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)
WA=WARDROBE

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 6

OPB: SE–SA, A/C –322

A11584
32 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 10

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 10
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 299 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA 98 224 252 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 ROW

EMERG. EXIT

GA
CS
LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 303 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

CS=COAT SPACE
GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–35 PAGE 1

OPB: SE–SA, A/C–223, –229 AND FROM A/C–325

A11898
33 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 11

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–35
Page 11
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, 30 SEATS
STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 5 OF 36

STA231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 463.3 499.3 535.3 571.3 607.3

ROW 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA WA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT
ROW 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14

STA 249 327.3 360.3 393.3 426.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 33 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 318 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA = GALLEY
WA = WARDROBE
LA = LAVATORY
CL = COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS


OPB: N–(ZV)
THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 1

A28600

FIG. 1 30 SEAT CONFIGURATION

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 1
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 4 OF 31

STA231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 490.3 521.3 552.3 583.3 608

ROW 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA WA
WA

CL LA

ST

EMERG.EXIT
ROW 14

STA 249 304.4 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

3 OF 30 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 328 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
ST=STOWAGE
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 2

OPB: N–(PX) UP TO A/C –068


N–EA

A8889
30 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 5 OF 30

STA231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA/
GA
ST

CL LA

WA WA WA

EMERG.EXIT

STA 249 307 330 353 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

5 OF 30
1OF29 1OF32
PITCH

STA 389 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
GA/ST=GALLEY/STOWAGE
WA=WARDROBE
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 3

OPB: N–(PX) A/C –076 AND –079

A7009
30 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 4 OF 30

STA231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 608

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA WA
WA

CL LA

WA

EMERG.EXIT
ROW 11

STA 249 307 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

3 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 331 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 4

OPB: N–(CL) A/C –121

A7029
30 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 270 FIRST SEAT FITTING (AFT FACING SEAT)

STA 306 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
8 OF 36

STA231 258.7 315.3 351.3 387.3 423.3 459.3 495.3 531.3 567.3 603.3

ROW 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

WA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 ROW
STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 5

OPB: N–CHQ A/C –128

A7032
30 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 4 OF 30

STA231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 608

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA WA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT
ROW 11

STA 249 307 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

3 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 331 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 4

OPB: N–(CL) A/C –087

A7045
30 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 6
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH
4 OF 30 1 OF 32 4 OF 30

STA231 259 307.3 337.3 367.3 397.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 608

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
STA 98

EMERG.EXIT

GA WA
WA

CL LA

EMERG.EXIT
ROW 11

STA 249 307 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

3 OF 29 5 OF 30
1 OF 32
PITCH

STA 331 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 4

OPB: N–(CL) A/C –151

A7046
30 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 270 FIRST SEAT FITTING

STA 299 FIRST DOUBLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

PITCH
4 OF 38 1 OF 36 3 OF 38

STA 98 231 258.7 307.3 345.3 383.3 421.3 459.3 495.3 533.3 571.3 609.3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ROW

EMERG. EXIT

WA
LA

CL

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 311.3 340.3 369.3 398.3 427.3 459.3 489.3 519.3 549.3 579.3 609.3

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 5 OF 30
PITCH

STA 303 FIRST SINGLE SEAT FITTING, INBOARD LEG.

WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 6

OPB: N–CHQ FROM A/C –224

A9137
30 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 8
Apr 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 299 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

PITCH

1 OF 29 3 OF 30 1 OF 32 4 OF 37

STA 231 259 310.1 339.1 369.1 399.1 429.1 461.1 498.1 535.1 572.1 609.1

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
STA 98

EMERG. EXIT

GA WA

CL LA

EMERG. EXIT

STA 249 313.1 342.1 371.1 400.1 429.1 461.1 498.1 535.1 572.1 609.1

4 OF 29 1 OF 32 4 OF 37

PITCH

STA 302 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–40 PAGE 7

OPB: N–(PX) FROM A/C –220

A10087
30 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–40
Page 9
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION, < 30 SEATS
STA 328 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

337.3 359.0 389.0419.0 426.0 458.0 488.0 529 592.7

STA 259 307 ROW1 FWD 7 AFT 7 8 9


STA 98

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA WA

CL LA

WA

EMERG. EXIT
2 3 4 5 6 10

STA 249 307 340.3 369.3 398.3 435.3 465.3 495.3 517.0 547.0 577

3 of 29 41 30
PITCH
STA 331 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)
GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE
COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–45 PAGE 1

OPB: SE–SDC A/C 170, ALT 1

A17168

FIG. 1 19 SEAT CONFIGURATION

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–45
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 298 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

3 OF 38

STA 98 231 262 307.3 345.3 383.3 421.3 478 520.5 553.5 605.5

ROW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

EMERG. EXIT

GA GA
LA

GA
ST ST BA

EMERG. EXIT
ROW FW 9 AFT 9

STA 249 307 345.3 383.3 419 504 547.5 602


38
PITCH

STA 336 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

ST=STOWAGE/WARDROBE
GA=GALLEY
LA=LAVATORY
BA=BAR UNIT

NOTE:PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–45 PAGE 2

OPB: OH–(FA) A/C –167

A7190
18 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–45
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 328 FIRST SEAT FITTING (DOUBLE SEAT)

337.3 359.0 389.0 419.0 426.0 458.0 488.0 529 592.7

STA 259 307 ROW 1 FWD 5 AFT 5 6 7


STA 98

EMERG. EXIT

LA GA WA

CL LA

WA

EMERG. EXIT
1 2 3 4 8

STA 249 307 340.3 369.3 417.3 495.3 517.0 547.0 577.0

52 29 78

PITCH

STA 331 FIRST SEAT FITTING (SINGLE SEAT)

GA=GALLEY
WA=WARDROBE
LA=LAVATORY
CL=COAT CLOSET (GALLEY OR STOWAGE COMPARTMENT OPTION)

NOTE: PITCH DIMENSIONS REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE SEAT CUSHIONS

THE STA VALUES SHOW THE C.G OF THE SEATS AND THE FURNISHING

FOR PASSENGER MOMENT TABLE, SEE 01–40–45 PAGE 3

OPB: SE–SDC A/C 170, ALT 2

A7222
17 SEAT CONFIGURATION
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–45
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
LAVATORY AND GALLEY/STOWAGE MOMENT TABLES
1. Moment tables in (lb in)
Lavatory compartment (aft)

TYPE WEIGHT STA MOMENT


lb (in) 100
lb in
STANDARD 1 640 6

Galley and stowage compartments (Option/special selection)

WEIGHT RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND
lb GALLEY/ COAT CLOS- WARDROBE CLOSET FOR WARDROBE
LUGGAGE ET/ FORWARD BRIEFCASES AFT
COMP. GALLEY/
STOWAGE
STA 231 COMP. STA 259 STA 304.4 STA 608.0
(MAX 250 lb) STA 249 (MAX 100 lb) (MAX 100 lb) (MAX 250 lb)
(MAX 100 lb)
MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT
100 100 100 100 100
lb in lb in lb in lb in lb in
25 58 62 65 76 152
50 115 125 130 152 304
75 173 187 194 228 456
100 231 249 259 304 608
125 288 760
150 346 912
175 403 1064
200 461 1216
225 519 1368
250 576 1520

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–50
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

Galley and stowage compartments (Option/special selection)


WEIGHT RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
lb GALLEY GALLEY/ WARDROBE WARDROBE WARDROBE
STOWAGE TRIPLE TRIPLE TRIPLE
COMP.
STA 245 STA 259 STA 307 STA 330 STA 353
(MAX 650 lb) (MAX 210 lb) (MAX 80 lb) (MAX 80 lb) (MAX 80 lb)
MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT
100 100 100 100 100
lb in lb in lb in lb in lb in
25 61 65 77 83 88
50 123 130 154 165 178
75 184 194 230 248 265
80 196 207 246 264 282
100 245 259
125 306 324
150 368 389
175 429 453
200 490 518
210 515 544
250 613
300 735
350 858
400 980
450 1103
500 1225
550 1348
600 1470
650 1593

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–50
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

Galley and stowage compartments (Option/special selection)


WEIGHT RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
lb GALLEY/ GALLEY GALLEY/BAR

STA 252 STA 262 STA 602


(MAX 650 lb) (MAX 200lb) (MAX 100lb)
MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT
100 100 100
lb in lb in lb in
25 63 66 151
50 126 131 301
75 189 197 452
80 202 210 482
100 252 262 602
125 315 328
150 378 393
175 441 459
200 504 524
220 529
250 630
300 756
350 882
400 1008
450 1134
500 1260
550 1386
600 1512
650 1638

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–50
Page 3
Jan 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

2. Moment tables in (kg in)


Lavatory compartment (aft)

TYPE WEIGHT STA MOMENT


kg (in) 100
kg.in
STANDARD 0.5 640 3

Compartment and equipment moment tables (Option / special selection)

WEIGHT RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND
kg GALLEY/ COAT CLOS- WARDROBE CLOSET FOR WARDROBE
LUGGAGE ET/ FORWARD BRIEFCASES AFT
COMP. GALLEY/
STOWAGE
STA 231 COMP. STA 259 STA 304.4 STA 608.0
(MAX 113 kg) STA 249 (MAX 45 kg) (MAX 45 kg) (MAX 113 kg)
(MAX 45 kg)
MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT
100 100 100 100 100
kg.in kg.in kg.in kg.in kg.in
10 23 25 26 30 61
20 46 50 52 61 122
30 69 75 78 91 182
40 92 100 104 122 243
45 112 117 137
50 115 304
60 139 365
70 162 426
80 185 486
90 208 547
100 231 608
113 261 687

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–50
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

Galley and stowage compartments (Option/special selection)


WEIGHT RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
kg. GALLEY GALLEY/ WARDROBE WARDROBE WARDROBE
STOWAGE TRIPLE TRIPLE TRIPLE
COMP.
STA 245 STA 259 STA 307 STA 330 STA 353
(MAX 295 kg) (MAX 95 kg) (MAX 36 kg) (MAX 36 kg) (MAX 36 kg)
MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT
100 100 100 100 100
kg.in kg.in kg.in kg.in kg.in
10 25 26 31 33 35
20 49 52 61 66 71
30 74 78 92 99 106
36 88 93 111 119 127
40 98 104
50 123 130
60 147 155
70 172 181
80 196 207
90 221 233
95 233 246
125 306
150 368
175 429
200 490
225 551
250 613
275 674
295 723

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–50
Page 5
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

Galley and stowage compartments (Option/special selection)


WEIGHT RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
kg GALLEY GALLEY GALLEY/BAR

STA 252 STA 262 STA 602


(MAX 295 kg) (MAX 90 kg) (MAX 45 kg)
MOMENT MOMENT MOMENT
100 100 100
kg in kg in kg in
10 25 26 60
20 50 52 120
30 76 79 181
40 101 105 241
45 113 118 271
50 126 131
60 151 157
70 176 183
80 202 210
90 227 236
100 252
125 315
150 378
175 441
200 504
225 567
250 630
275 693
295 743

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–50
Page 6
Jan 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STRUCTURAL LOAD LIMITATION FOR SECTION A
Section A is the cabin service area forward of STA 272 (see 01–60–00 page 2).
The total load of items listed below must not exceed:
1100 lb (500 kg)
Items included are:
– Flight attendant seat.
– Flight attendant.
– Aft facing passenger seat(s).
– Passenger in aft facing seat(s).
– RH galley/wardrobe with actual contents.
– LH galley/stowage/closet with actual contents.
– Lavatory
NOTE: Each page in section 50 illustrates a specific interior unit layout. Each subject considers a
certain location in the aircraft (STA no and LH/RH). Operators using that type of unit are listed
at the bottom of the page. Small differences within each type may exist, depending on
operators requirements, but the load capacity of the different storages will remain the same. A
part number is given below each unit, which is used for general identification. When ordering
interior items however, Part Numbers from Illustrated Parts Catalog must be used.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–55
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

Section A is the cabin service area forward of STA 272 (see 01–60–00 page 2).
The total load of items listed below must not exceed:
1200 lb (545 kg)
Items included are:
– Flight attendant seat.
– Flight attendant.
– Aft facing passenger seat(s).
– Passenger in aft facing seat(s).
– RH galley/wardrobe with actual contents.
– LH galley/stowage/closet with actual contents.
– Lavatory
NOTE: Each page in section 50 illustrates a specific interior unit layout. Each subject considers a
certain location in the aircraft (STA no and LH/RH). Operators using that type of unit are listed
at the bottom of the page. Small differences within each type may exist, depending on
operators requirements, but the load capacity of the different storages will remain the same. A
part number is given below each unit, which is used for general identification. When ordering
interior items however, Part Numbers from Illustrated Parts Catalog must be used.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–55
Page 2
Oct 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
STA 249 MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 10 (5)

DRAWER 15 (7)

FWD

DRAWER 20 (9)

DRAWER 10 (5)

WASTE
DRAWER 15 (7)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100 lb (45 kg)


OPB: N–(OH) UP TO A/C –028
N–(ZV)
D–(AB)
STOWAGE 38–24 (Gen I)
SE–SA, A/C –223 AND –229
55–80–6 (Gen II)

A28594

FIG. 1 STOWAGE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 1
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 249 MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 10 (5)

HOT LIQUID
CONTAINER

FWD

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

WAISTE
CONTAINER 30 (14)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 15 (7)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100lb (45kg)


GALLEY 38–148 (Gen I)
55–166 (Gen II)
43–166–166 (Gen III)

OPB: N–(QO), OH–(FA), N– (CL), N–CHQ,


B–(FAL), SE–GAO, OO–RF, SE–SDC, LN–JB,
F–AVD, JA–JAS, JA–HAC, B–CSN
SE–(YD) UP TO A/C –133

A17689
STOWAGE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 2
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 249 MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 30 (14)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

WAISTE
CONTAINER 30 (14)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 15 (7)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100 lb (45 kg)

OPB: N–(OH) FROM A/C –034 STOWAGE 38–94 (Gen I)


N–(PX), N–(HQ), N–EA, 55–80 (Gen II)
LV–(TN), G–(JE), N–(MJ), DIRECT REPLACMENT AS REGARDS LOAD
55–699 (Gen II)
LV–(LA), N–FY
SE–SA FROM A/C –322
VH–(KD)

A7177
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 3
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

OPB: F–BZ, F–EY, F–QD A/C –086 GALLEY 38–291 (GenI) (GenII)

A7007
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

100lb (45kg)

OPB: N–SS COAT CLOSET 38–96 (GenI)


38–342 (GenII)

A7021
COAT CLOSET ARRANGENENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 249 MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 10 (5)

HOT LIQUID
CONTAINER

FWD

WASTE
50 (23)
CONTAINER

STORAGE
DRAWER 10 (5)

STORAGE
DRAWER 15 (7)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100 lb (45 kg)


GALLEY 38–124 (Gen I)
55–223 (Gen II)
43–244–1 (Gen III)

OPB: SE– (JG), VH– (KD), LN– (RT)


F–QD A/C –085, VH–HZL

A7062
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 6
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 249 MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 15 (7)

HOT LIQUID
CONTAINER

FWD

STORAGE 20 (9)
DRAWER

FIRST AID KIT

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 10 (5)
DRAWER

STORAGE 10 (5)
DRAWER

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100lb (45kg)

OPB: PH–WU
GALLEY 55–273

A7184
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 249 MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 30 (14)

FWD

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 15 (7)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100lb (45kg)

STOWAGE 55–80–9 (Gen II)


OPB: N–NAE
N–WWM 43–163–1 (Gen III)
N–SYM
C–CAV

A7192
STOWAGE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 8
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 249 MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 15 (7)

HOT LIQUID
CONTAINER

FWD

STORAGE 20 (9)
DRAWER

STORAGE 20 (9)
DRAWER

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 10 (5)
DRAWER

STORAGE 10 (5)
DRAWER

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100lb (45kg)

OPB: EI–EIN
GALLEY 55–664–1

A9853
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 9
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 249 MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 11 (5)

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 31 (14)

DRAWER 9 (4)

DRAWER 9 (4)

WAISTE
CONTAINER 22 (10)

DRAWER 9 (4)

DRAWER 7 (3)

DRAWER 11 (5)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 124 lb (56 kg)

OPB: N–(MES)
GALLEY 101923–1

A15866
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 249 LH
FIG. 10

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–60
Page 10
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 304.4 LH

BRIEF–CASE STOWAGE 38–168


OPB: N– (PX) UP TO A/C–068
N– EA

A17170

FIG. 1 STOWAGE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 304.4 LH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–65
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 353 STA 330 STA 307

FWD

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)
WARDROBE 80 (36)

WARDROBE 80 (36)

WARDROBE 80 (36)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 240 lb (109kg)


TRIPLE WARDROBE 38–279

OPB: N– (PX) A/C –076 AND –079

A7004
WARDROBE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 307–353 LH
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–65
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 307

FWD

MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

WARDROBE 80 (36)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 80 lb (36 kg)


WARDROBE 55–156

OPB: N–(CL) A/C–121


SE–SA, A/C–322

A7028
WARDROBE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 307 LH
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–65
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 307

MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

FWD

STORAGE 20 (9)

STORAGE 20 (9)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100lb (45kg)

WARDROBE 55–403 (GEN II)

OPB: SE–SDC

A7221
WARDROBE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 307 LH
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–65
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

MAX LOAD
STA 307

lb kg

WARDROBE 130 (59)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD 180 lb (82 kg)

WARDROBE 55–427 (GEN II)

OPB: SE–SDC

A7207
WARDROBE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 307 RH
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–65
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH

COFFEE MAKER OR HOT JUG

6
US gal
(23 l)

OPB: N– (OH) FROM A/C –034 LV– (TN)


N– (PX) LV– (LA) TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 250lb (113kg)
N– (HQ) UP TO A/C –287 G– (JE)
N– EA GALLEY 38–108–1 (GenI)
N– (MJ)
55–98–1 (GenII)
N– FY UP TO A/C –103

A28595

FIG. 1 GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 1
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 250lb (113kg)


OPB: N–FY FROM A/C–107 GALLEY 38–108–7 (GenI)
UP TO A/C–123, N–(CL) 55–98–2 (GenII)
LN–JB

A7023
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

65

OPB: N–(ZV)
N–(OH) UP TO A/C –028

A7066
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

–2 OPB: SE– (JG) UP TO A/C–017 GALLEY 38–29–2 (Gen I)


38–29–106 (Gen I)
–106 OPB: SE–(JG) FROM A/C–033
38–29–212 (Gen II)

A7069
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 231

MAX LOAD

lb kg
STORAGE:
ROOM FOR FIRST
AID KIT, OXYGEN 10 (5)
AND SMOKE
MASKS.

lb kg
WARDROBE 250 (113)

FWD

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 250 lb (113 kg)

OPB: VH–(KD) WARDROBE 38–208 (Gen I)


N–CHQ 55–163 (Gen II)

A9256
WARDROBE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

OPB: F– QD A/C –085

A7008
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 6
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 250lb (113kg)


GALLEY 38–343–1 (or 38–29–5, direct replacement) (GenI)
OPB: N–SS
38–29–221 (GenII)

A7022
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)

STORAGE 15 7

STORAGE 10 5

STORAGE 15 7

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD


RH BL 11.12
STA 231

STORAGE 10 5

STORAGE 10 5

FWD

TROLLEY PREPARED AREA

BOX 14 6

BOX 14 6

STORAGE 10 5 FOR TROLLEY LOAD


LIMIT, SEE PLACARD
ON EACH TROLLEY.
STORAGE 5 2

GALLEY 55–669–1 TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD : 250 lb (113 kg)

OPB : EI–EIN

A9646
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 8
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

WL 139

MAX LOAD
HOT JUG lb kg
STORAGE
5 (2)
DRAWER

STORAGE 5 (2)
WL 113
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
RH BL 11.12

STA 231

STORAGE 5 (2)

FWD
COFFEE MAKER OR HOT JUG
WL 113

STORAGE 15 (7)

6
US gal TROLLEY PREPARED AREA FOR WEIGHT
(23 l) LIMIT SEE
WATER TANK 50 (23) PLACARD ON
EACH TROLLEY.

STORAGE 65 (29) TOTAL IN 4 COMPARTMENTS

STORAGE 5 (2)

GALLEY 55–98–11 TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD : 250 lb (113 kg)

OPB : N–(HQ) FROM A/C –290


VH–(KD)

A11229
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 9
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

MAX LOAD
STA 231
lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

DRAWER 5 (2)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 10 (5)

TRASH BIN

STORAGE 30 (14)

STORAGE 5 (2)

TROLLEY AREA

NOTE: FOR MAX TROLLEY LOAD,


SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM GALLEY LOAD: 250 lb (113 kg)

GALLEY 55–421–1
OPB: OH–(FA) A/C –167

A11520
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 231 RH
FIG. 10

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–70
Page 10
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 245 RH

OPB: F–BZ GALLEY 38–305 (GEN I) (GEN II)


F–EY
F–QD A/C –086

A17172

FIG. 1 GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 245 RH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–72
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

MAX LOAD
lb kg
COFFEE MAKER STORAGE 5 (2 )

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 5 (2)
STA 245

54 ( 24 )
MEAL INCL. BOX
WASTE BOX
STOWAGE
(KSSU
TYPE)

WATER
TANK
54 ( 24 )
MEAL
BOX INCL. BOX
STOWAGE ALTERNATE
(KSSU
TYPE) OVEN

54 ( 24 )
MEAL INCL. BOX
BOX
STOWAGE
(KSSU
TYPE)

WASTE CONTAINER 50 ( 23 )
STORAGE 5 (2 )

AFT TROLLEY AREA 121 ( 55 )


NOTE: FOR MAX TROLLEY
LOAD SEE PLACARD
ON EACH TROLLEY STORAGE 20 (9)

STORAGE 10 (5 )

WATER TANK 46 ( 21 )

FORWARD TROLLEY AREA 121 ( 55 )


OPB: PH–WU UP TO A/C –226
TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD 650 lb ( 295 kg )

GALLEY 55–264–3

A10915
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 245 RH
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–72
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

MAX LOAD
lb kg
COFFEE MAKER STORAGE 5 (2 )

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 5 (2)
STA 245

54 ( 24 )
MEAL INCL. BOX
WASTE BOX
STOWAGE
(KSSU
TYPE)

WATE
R
TANK
54 ( 24 )
MEAL
BOX INCL. BOX
STOWAGE ALTERNATE
(KSSU
TYPE) OVEN

54 ( 24 )
MEAL
BOX
INCL. BOX
STOWAGE
(KSSU
TYPE)

WASTE CONTAINER 50 ( 23 )
STORAGE 5 (2 )

AFT TROLLEY AREA 121 ( 55 )


NOTE: FOR MAX TROLLEY
LOAD SEE PLACARD
ON EACH TROLLEY STORAGE 20 (9)

STORAGE 10 (5 )

WATER TANK 88 (40 )

FORWARD TROLLEY AREA 121 ( 55 )


OPB: PH–WU FROM A/C –270
TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD 650 lb ( 295 kg )

GALLEY 55–264–4

A10906
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 245 RH
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–72
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 252 RH
STA 224 MAX LOAD
STA 252
lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 5 (2)
COAT SPACE
HOT JUG
MAX LOAD
50 lb (23 kg) OVEN
PROVISION
WASTE
FWD
WASTE
CONTAINER 50 (23)

DRAWER 20 (9)

MEAL BOX
STOWAGE
(KSSU TYPE)
54 (24)
INCL. BOX

TROLLEY
AREA 130 (59)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 525 lb (238 kg)

GALLEY 55–281–1
OPB: D (AB) NOTE: FOR MAX TROLLEY LOAD
SE–SA, A/C –223 AND –229 SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

A28599

FIG. 1 GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 252 RH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–74
Page 1
Jan 01/05
Weight and Balance Manual

MAX LOAD
STA 224 STA 252
lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 10 (5)

COAT SPACE
STORAGE 5 (2)

MAX LOAD

50 lb (23 kg)
HOT JUG 15 (7)

FWD
OVEN PROVISION
OR STOWAGE BOX 30 (14)

MEAL BOX
STOWAGE
(KSSU TYPE)
INCL. BOX 55 (25)

TROLLEY
AREA 130 (59)

NOTE: FOR MAX TROLLEY LOAD


SEE PLACARD ON EACH
TROLLEY.
TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 525 lb (238 kg)
GALLEY 55–281–4

OPB: SE–SA FROM A/C –322

A11633
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 252 RH
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–74
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH

WARDROBE 38–116 (GenI)


55–72–1 (GenII)
OPB: N– (OH)
N– (PX) EXCEPT A/C– 076 AND –079
N– (HQ) UP TO A/C –063
N– EA
G– (JE)

A17174

FIG. 1 WARDROBE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–76
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)
STORAGE ROOM FOR 10 (5)
FIRST AID KIT, OXYGEN
AND SMOKE MASKS

lb (kg)
100 (45)

lb (kg)
20 (9)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100 lb (45 kg)

OPB: N–(ZV)

A6999
WARDROBE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–76
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

VIEW LOOKING
FORWARD

OPB: OH– (FA) UP TO A/C–070 TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100lb (45kg)


SE– (YD) A/C–100

A7000
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–76
Page 3
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)
STORAGE ROOM FOR
FIRST AID KIT, OXYGEN 10 (5)
AND SMOKE MASKS.

WASTE CONTAINER 50 (23)

TROLLEY PREPARED AREA


FOR LOAD LIMIT SEE
PLACARD ON TROLLEY

OPB: N– (MJ)

A7001
GALLEY/STOWAGE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–76
Page 4
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 210lb (95kg)


GALLEY 38–255–2 (GenI)
55–72 (GenII)
OPB: N– (PX) A/C –076 AND –079
N– (CL)

A7010
GALLEY/STOWAGE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–76
Page 5
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 259

MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 10 (5)
FWD
STORAGE
DRAWER 10 (5)

PLUG–IN TABLE STOWAGE

TROLLEY PREPARED
AREA.

NOTE: FOR MAX TROLLEY LOAD


SEE PLACARD ON EACH
TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 280 lb (127 kg)


GALLEY 55–238

OPB: SE (YD) A/C –130 AND –133


OH (FA) A/C –135 AND –139
SE–GAO

A7178
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–76
Page 6
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 259
MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 7 (3)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 10 (5)
FWD
STORAGE 10 (5)
DRAWER

OVEN 37 (17)

STORAGE 54 (24)

TROLLEY
AREA 121 (55)

NOTE: FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD SEE


PLACARD ON TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 250lb (113kg)

GALLEY 55–238–4 (GEN II)

OPB: SE–SDC

A7223
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–76
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 259

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 10 (5)
FWD

STORAGE 10 (5)

FIRST AID KIT 10 (5)

TROLLEY
AREA

NOTE:
FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200 lb (90 kg)


GALLEY 55–777–1 (Gen II)
55–777–3 (Gen III)

OPB: B– (FAL) FROM A/C –351

A12701
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 259 RH
FIG. 8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–76
Page 8
Apr 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
STA 262
MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 2 (1)

HOT LIQ-
UID
CONTAIN-
ER

DRAWER 10 (5)

FWD

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

STORAGE 26 (12)
TROL-
LEY 130 (59)
AREA

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200 lb (90) kg

GALLEY 55–393–1
NOTE: FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.
OPB: N–FY FROM A/C –165
A17175

FIG. 1 GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262
MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 15 (7)
OVEN

FWD

FIRST AID 10 (5)


KIT

FIRST AID 10 (5)


KIT

STORAGE 15 (7)

TROLLEY
AREA

NOTE:
FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200lb (90kg)

GALLEY 55–393–2

OPB: 00–RF

A7182
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 2
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 2 (1)

HOT LIQID
CONTAINER

FWD

TRASH BIN 30 (14)

STORAGE 25 (11)

TROLLEY
AREA 130 (59)

NOTE:
FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200 lb (90 kg)


GALLEY 55–393–3 (Gen II)
55–702–7 (Gen III)

OPB: N–NAE
N–WWM
N–SYM
C–CAV

A7181
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 3
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262
MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 2 (1)

STORAGE 26 (12)

STORAGE OR
FIRST AID KIT 26 (12)

DRAWER 10 (5)

FWD

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

STORAGE 26 (12)

TROLLEY
AREA 130 (59)

NOTE:
FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200 lb (90 kg)

GALLEY 55–393–4 (Gen II)

OPB: VH–HZL UP TO A/C –327

A8017
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 4
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262
MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 75 (33)

FIRST AID KIT

DRAWER 10 (5)

FWD

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

STORAGE 26 (12)

TROLLEY
AREA 130 (59)

NOTE:
FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200 lb (90 kg)

GALLEY 55–394–5 (Gen I)

OPB: F–AVD 55–393–5 (Gen II)


55–702–9 (Gen III)

A9035
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 5
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE
ROM FOR FIRST AID KIT,
OXYGEN AND SMOKE
MASKS 17.6 (8)
COLD LIQUID
CONTAINER
2.1 US GAL (8 L)
STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 5 (2)

PLUG–IN TABLE STOWAGE

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 20 (9)

STORAGE 15 (7)

TROLLEY STOWAGE
NOTE:
FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200 lb (90 kg)

GALLEY 55–711–2 (Gen II)


55–711–3 (Gen III)

OPB: JA–JAS, JA–HAC

A17690
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 6
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)

STORAGE 11 (5)

STORAGE 22 (10)

STORAGE 22 (10)

FWD

TRASH BIN 33 (15)

STORAGE 18 (8)

TROLLEY
AREA 132 (60)

NOTE:
FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200 lb (90 kg)


GALLEY 101302–1

OPB: B–CSN

A10533
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 7
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262
MAX LOAD
lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 5 (2)

OVEN

STORAGE 10 (5)

STORAGE 15 (7)

STORAGE 15 (7)

TROLLEY AREA

NOTE: FOR MAX TROLLEY LOAD,


SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM GALLEY LOAD: 200 lb (90 kg)

GALLEY 55–440–1
OPB: OH–(FA) A/C –167

A11547
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 8
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262
MAX LOAD

lb (kg)

STORAGE 5 (2)

STORAGE 2 (1)

STORAGE 26 (12)

STORAGE 26 (12)

DRAWER 10 (5)

FWD
STORAGE 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

DRAWER 10 (5)

STORAGE 26 (12)

FIRST AID KIT 10 (5)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 200 lb (90 kg)

GALLEY 55–702–8 (Gen III)

OPB: VH–HZL FROM A/C –362

A13455
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 9
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

STA 262

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)

STORAGE 11 (5)

STORAGE 24 (11)

STORAGE 24 (11)

PLUGIN TABLE STOWAGE

WASTE COMP 33 (15)

EMERGENCY STOWAGE

STOWAGE 9 (4)

TROLLEY STOWAGE
NOTE:
FOR MAX. TROLLEY LOAD
SEE PLACARD ON EACH TROLLEY.

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 101 lb (46 kg)

OPB: N–(MES) GALLEY 101925–1

A15865
GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 262 RH
FIG. 10

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–80
Page 10
Jul 01/97
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
STOWAGE/GALLEY ARRANGEMENT AT STA 608 RH
STA 608.0

MAX
FWD LOAD
lb (kg)

250 ..........
WARDROBE ........ (113)

250 ..............
TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: ........ (113kg)

OPB: N– (PX) UP TO A/C –068 REAR WARDROBE 38–170 (Gen I )


N– EA 55–160 (Gen II )
N– (CL) A/C –121 AND –151

A17176

FIG. 1 WARDROBE ARRANGEMENT AT STA 608 RH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–85
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

ARRANGEMENTS
EXECUTIVE BAR ARRANGEMENT AT STA 602 LH
STA 602

MAX LOAD
lb (kg)

STORAGE 15 (7)

FOOD
TRAY 15 (7)
STOWAGE

WORKTOP

ICE DRAWER 15 (7)

DRAWER 15 (7)

TRASH BIN

DRAWER 15 (7)

BOTTLE
DRAWER 15 (7)

TOTAL MAXIMUM LOAD: 100 lb (45kg)

EXECUTIVE BAR: 55–608–1


OPB: OH–(FA) A/C –167

A17177

FIG. 1 BAR ARRANGEMENT AT STA 602 LH

EFFECTIVITY: 01–50–86
Page 1
Jul 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

CARGO
GENERAL
Cargo may be loaded in different fuselage sections, with regard to permissible structural loads and
restraint conditions found in this chapter.
The main cargo compartment is located in sections C1 and C2 in the rear fuselage.
With the aircraft in cargo configuration cargo loading is allowed also in the passenger compartment
(sections A and B), considering certain load limits.
With the aircraft in passenger configuration part of the sections A and B may be loaded with cargo after
removing seats/lavatory/galley and considering certain load limits, if acceptable according to National
Operational Requirements.
Tie down facilities are available in sections A, B and C1. Details of the location of these areas, and
allowable tie–down loads, are also given in this chapter.
Fuselage sections A, B, C1 and C2 are shown on page 2.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

Aircraft in passenger configuration

STA STA STA STA STA STA STA


272 298 621 623 687 733
215
A B C1 C2
EMERG. EXIT

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
EMERG. EXIT

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
Ç
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
Ç
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
Ç
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ENTRANCE CARGO DOOR
DOOR EMERG. EXIT

Cargo compartment
Passenger Compartment TYPE C

Aircraft in cargo configuration

STA STA STA STA STA STA


STA
272 298 621 623 687 733
215
A B C1 C2
EMERG. EXIT EMERG. EXIT

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
Ç
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
Ç
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
Ç
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ENTRANCE
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ EMERG. EXIT CARGO DOOR
DOOR

Cargo Compartment
TYPE E

A7199
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AND CARGO COMPARTMENT
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–00
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

CARGO
MAIN CARGO COMPARTMENT
The main cargo compartment C is located between STA 623–STA 733 and is shown on the next page.
This compartment is capable of carrying bulk cargo and baggage forward and aft of STA 686.8. At this
STA a 6 in high threshold and a restraint net divide the compartment into a forward area C1 and an aft
area C2. The aft area between STA 686.8–STA 733 is allowed to carry not tied down cargo, when
transverse restraint net is installed to meet forward load. (There are no provisions for tie–down cargo in
this area).
The forward area C1 between STA 623–STA 686.8 is located just inside the large size cargo opening,
from which the whole cargo compartment is easily accessible. This area is also allowed to carry not tied
down cargo, due to adjacent wall, when approved transverse restraint net in C2 and side net in C1 are
installed.
For maximum allowable height of loading in C1 without tie down, see 01–60–20 page 2 and on.
The 3–centre seat tracks are extended to STA 686.8 to provide means for cargo tie–down fittings in
compartment C1. Consequently, when cargo load exceeds maximum allowed not tied down, in this area,
all cargo and baggage must be tied down to prevent hazardous shifting during taxiing and flight.
For maximum allowable loads in compartment C1, see 01–60–20 page 2 and on.
To protect the cargo compartment door, the compartment C1 shall be equipped with side– alt. bagnet or
load shall be tied down.
Tied down cargo is allowed, according to limitation, to be carried in the C1 compartment without having
the transverse restraint net or side net installed. Not tied down cargo is not allowed to be carried in
compartment C2 when the transverse restraint net has been removed, yet it is permitted that part of the
tied down cargo in C1 extends into C2.
Baggage and mail may be carried without tie–down. When high density cargo or a trolley is to be carried,
which may damage floor panels and sidewalls, it must be supported and tied down as necessary to
prevent exceeding floor loading limitations and hazardous shifting of cargo.
For floor loading limitations, see 01–60–20 page 1.
More detailed loading instructions are given on following pages of this section.The cargo door (plug type)
is located on the left of the cargo compartment and is normally operated from the outside. To open the
door, first pull out handle and turn counter–clockwise; push door inwards and then slide upwards. A
counterbalance device aids lifting and then holds the door in an open position.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–10
Page 1
Jul 01/03
Weight and Balance Manual

c d
g

A7075
CARGO COMPARTMENT. GENERAL DIMENSIONS, AREA AND VOLUME
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–10
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

SEE 01–60–20
PAGE 2 AND ON

A7076

A7051
CARGO COMPARTMENT ARRANGEMENTS
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–10
Page 3
Apr 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

A7077
TYPICAL CARGO AND PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CROSS–SECTIONS
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–10
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

A7082
FORWARD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CROSS–SECTION AND DOOR OPENING
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–10
Page 5
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

CARGO
LOADING LIMITATIONS
1. General
Structural load limitations presented in this section must be adhered to at all times. In all instances, it is
the limitations that is most restrictive that determines the maximum allowable cargo to be loaded.
Cargo may be loaded in sections A, B and C provided that the loading limitations given in this section is
adhered to.
2. Maximum Distributed Load
REF. FIG. 1
The maximum distributed load limitation is the maximum load acceptable on any area ft2 (m2) of the floor
space, expressed in lb/ft2 (kg/m2).
The maximum distributed load limit, or area load limit, limits the load resting upon a given floor area to
not exceed the capacity of the aircraft structure such as the floor beams, panels and frames.
The maximum distributed load is checked by dividing the weight by the area of external outline defined
by the contact points on the floor.

EXAMPLE:
THE AREA TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT IS NOT THE LOAD = 240 kg
CRATE’S OR THE SURFACE OF ITS FEET BUT THE AREA LOAD LIMIT – 730 kg/m2
AREA S=L x I DEFINED BY THE EXTERNAL CONTOUR MINIMUM SURFACE DEFINED BY EXTERNAL CONTOUR
OF ITS CONTACT POINTS. OF THE CONTACT POINTS OF THE SPREDER FLOOR.
NOTE:THE TOTAL WEIGHT IS A COMBINATION
OF THE LOAD AND SPREADER(S)
FORMULA: 240
W FORMULA: = 0.33 m2 MINIMUM AREA
DIVIDE S = 0.4 x 0.6 = 0.24 m2 730
S SPREADER = 10 kg
W 240 S = L x I = 0.7 m x 0.5 m = 0.35 m2
= = 1.000 kg/m2 > 730 kg/m2
S 0.24
240+10
FORMULA: = 715 Kg/ m2 < 730 Kg/ m2
ABOVE EXAMPLE NOT WITHIN LIMITS 0.35 m2
ABOVE EXAMPLE WITHIN LIMITS
A31058
Maximum Distributed load
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 1
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

Section A
Directly on to floor panels: 75 lb/ft2 (365 kg/m2)
Section B
Directly on to floor panels: 100 lb/ft2 (485 kg/m2)
With spreaders straight across the tracks: 150 lb/ft2 (730 kg/m2)
NOTE: The spreaders must have a bending strength of 900 lb in/in fuselage length. (409 kp. m/m
fuselage length).
Section C
Directly on to floor panels: 150 lb/ft2 (730 kg/m2)
With spreaders straight across the tracks: 150 lb/ft2 (730 kg/m2)
NOTE: The spreaders must have a bending strength of 900 lb in/in fuselage length. (409 kp. m/m
fuselage length).

Typ. passenger compartment


cross–section between
STA 298.0 and STA 621.8

View looking forward


y y
x

> 1IN > 1IN

x:Floor area allowed for cargo loading

y:Free area for blow–out of kick–panel


in case of decompression

A8884
AREA LOADING LIMITATIONS
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 2
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

3. Running Load Limitations


Running load limitations is the maximum load allowed on a given fuselage length measured in the flight
direction, expressed in lb/ft (kg/m).
Running load is calculated by dividing the weight of the cargo item by is’s given length in flight direction.
REF. FIG. 3

1 in / 1 cm

RUNNING (LINEAR) LOAD LIMITATION

WEIGHT 240 Kg
EXAMPLE: DIVIDE = = 400 Kg/m < 855 Kg/m
LENGTH 0.6 m

A31054
Running Load Limitation
FIG. 3
Section A
Not applicable.
Section B
Maximum running load: 575 lb/ft2 (855 kg/m2)
Section C
Not applicable.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 3
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

4. Compartment Load Limitations and Cumulative Load Limitations


The following pages present the the compartment load limitations and cumulative load limitations for C1
and C2 with various cargo net configurations.
Compartment Load Limitation
REF. FIG. 4
The compartment load limitations is the maximum load allowed in a defined compartment area,
expressed in lb (kg).
The compartment load is calculated by summing all cargo items in a given area.

COMPARTMENT LOAD LIMITATION

A31017
Compartment Load Limitation
FIG. 4
Cumulative Load Limitation
REF. FIG. 5, 6
The cumulative load limitation is the maximum load allowed over a given fuselage length at a given
section of the airplane, used to limit the bending moment of the fuselage.
It is the maximum summed load permitted over a given fuselage length and section of the aircraft,
expressed in lb (kg).
The cumulative load is calculated by adding the load in defined sections.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 4
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

CUMULATIVE LIMITS CUMULATIVE LIMITS


DEFINE ALLOWABLE DEFINE ALLOWABLE WEIGHT
WEIGHT FWD WEIGHT AFT
OF A STATION OF A STATION

STATIONS

A31019
Cumulative Load Limitation – General
FIG. 5

STA STA STA


623 687 733

C1 C2

600 kg 300 kg

CUMULATIVE LOAD CHECK C2:


MAX. 385 kg 300 < 385 Kg = WITHIN LIMIT

MAX. 860 kg CUMULATIVE LOAD CHECK C1 + C2:


EXAMPLE FOR CONFIGURATION 600 + 300 = 900 > 860 Kg = NOT WITHIN LIMIT
WITH SIDE NET 7225572–521/–522

A31052
Cumulative Load Limitation – C1 and C2 Example
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 5
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

5. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–511 and Side Net 72257572–531 or –532 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
400 lb (180 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 600 lb (270 kg)

NOTE: With less or equal to 260 lb (118 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, cargo may be
distributed over the entire wall.
NOTE: With more than 260 lb (118 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, maximum cargo height
is at the red level of line marking on the wall (WL 115).
B. Cumulative Load Limitation
Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 2100 lb (950 kg)

A7116
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 7

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 6
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

6. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–511 and Side Net 72257572–541 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
1000 lb (450 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 600 lb (270 kg)

NOTE: With more than 850 lb (385 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, the cargo center of
gravity (C.G.) must be located higher than 8 in (0.2 m) from the floor.
B. Cumulative Load Limitation
Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 2100 lb (950 kg)

A7078
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 8

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 7
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

7. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 72257572–521 or –522 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
600 lb (270 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: With less or equal to 390 lb (177 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, cargo may be
distributed over the entire wall.
NOTE: With more than 390 lb (177 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, maximum cargo height
is at the red level of line marking on the wall (WL 115).
B. Cumulative Load Limitation

Compartment Load Cumulative Load Limit


C2 C1 +C2
Less or equal to 600 lb (270 kg) 2100 lb (950 kg)
More than 600 lb (270 kg) 1725 lb (780 kg)
C1 C2
STA 655 STA 687 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD
NET POSITION

STA 636

SIDE NET
7225572–521
OR
7225572–522
A8042
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 8
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

8. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Bag Net 72257572–551 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
1125 lb (510 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: The Bag Net shall be attached to the Main Net.


B. Cumulative Load Limitation

Compartment Load Cumulative Load Limit


C2 C1 + C2
Less or equal to 600 lb (270 kg) 2100 lb (950 kg)
More than 600 lb (270 kg) 1725 lb (780 kg)

C1 C2
STA 655 STA 687 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD

NET POSITION

BAG NET
7225572–551

A7085
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 10

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 9
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

9. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Bag Net 72257572–551 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
NOTE: Valid only for configurations with passengers aft of STA 623.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
1125 lb (510 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: The Bag Net shall be attached to the Main Net.


B. Cumulative Load Limitation

Compartment Load Cumulative Load Limit


C2 C1 + C2
Less or equal to 600 lb (270 kg) 2100 lb (950 kg)
More than 600 lb (270 kg) 1725 lb (780 kg)

C1 C2
STA 654 STA 687 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD
NET POSITION

BAG NET
7225572–551

A8885
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 11

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 10
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

10. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 72257572–541 installed (FWD Lavatory Config.)
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
1000 lb (450 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: With more than 850 lb (350 kg) not tied down load utilization in C, cargo C.G. must be
located higher than 8 in (0.2 m) from floor.
B. Cumulative Load Limitation

Compartment Load Cumulative Load Limit


C2 C1 + C2
Less or equal to 600 lb (270 kg) 2100 lb (950 kg)
More than 600 lb (270 kg) 1725 lb (780 kg)

STA 623 C1 STA 687 C2 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD
NET POSITION

SIDE NET
7225572–541

A9623
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 12

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 11
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

11. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 72257572–521 or –522 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
600 lb (270 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: With less or equal to 390 lb (177 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, cargo may be
distributed over the entire wall.
NOTE: With more than 390 lb (177 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, maximum cargo height
is at the red level of line marking on the wall (WL 115).
B. Cumulative Load Limitation
Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 2100 lb (950 kg)
C1 C2
STA 655 STA 687 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD
NET POSITION

STA 636

SIDE NET
7225572–521
OR
7225572–522
A8042
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 13

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 12
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

12. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 72257572–542 installed (FWD Lavatory Config.)
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
1000 lb (450 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: With more than 850 lb (350 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, cargo C.G. must be
located higher than 8 in (0.2 m) from floor.
B. Cumulative Load Limitation
Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 2100 lb (950 kg)

STA 623 C1 STA 687 C2 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD
NET POSITION

SIDE NET
7225572–542

A7202
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 14

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 13
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

13. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Bag Net 72257572–551 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
1125 lb (510 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: The bag net shall be attached to the main net.


B. Cumulative Load Limitation
Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 2100 lb (950 kg)

C1 C2
STA 655 STA 687 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD

NET POSITION

BAG NET
7225572–551

A7085
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 15

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 14
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

14. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 72257572–521 or –522 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
NOTE: Valid only for 36 and 37 seat configuration.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
600 lb (270 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: With less or equal to 390 lb (177 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, cargo may be
distributed over the entire wall.
NOTE: With more than 390 lb (177 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, maximum cargo height
is at the red level of line marking on the wall (WL 115).
B. Cumulative Load Limitation
Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 1900 lb (860 kg)
C1 C2
STA 654 STA 687 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD
NET POSITION

SIDE NET
7225572–521
OR
7225572–522

A8041
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 16

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 15
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

15. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 72257572–521 or –522 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
NOTE: Valid only for configurations with passengers aft of STA 623.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
600 lb (270 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: With less or equal to 390 lb (177 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, cargo may be
distributed over the entire wall.
NOTE: With more than 390 lb (177 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, maximum cargo height
is at the red level of line marking on the wall (WL 115).
B. Cumulative Load Limitation
Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 1900 lb (860 kg)
C1 C2
STA 654 STA 687 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD
NET POSITION

BAG NET
7225572–551

A8885
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 17

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 16
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

16. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 72257572–543 installed (FWD Lavatory Config.)
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
1300 lb (590 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

NOTE: With more than 850 lb (350 kg) not tied down load utilization in C1, cargo C.G. must be
located higher than 8 in (0.2 m) from floor.
B. Cumulative Load Limitation
Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 2100 lb (950 kg)
CAUTION: THIS NET INSTALLATION IS VALID FOR AIRCRAFT WITH THE FOLLOWING MOD:S
INCORPORATED:
– 2058, 2063, 2101, 2102, AND 2228
OR
– 2065, 2063, 2101, 2102, AND 2228.

STA 623 C1 STA 687 C2 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD
NET POSITION

SIDE NET
7225572–543

A9741
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 18

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 17
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

17. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–511 and Side Net 72257572–525 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
NOTE: Valid only for A/C 170.
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
300 lb (130 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 600 lb (270 kg)

B. Cumulative Load Limitation


Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 2100 lb (950 kg)

STA 623 STA 665 STA 687 STA 733


C1 C2

MAIN NET
7225572–511
COAT RAIL

COAT RAIL MAXIMUM LOAD


ON COAT RAILS

FWD C1: 60 lb (27Kg)


NET POSITION
C2: 110 lb (50Kg)

LAVATORY WALL

SIDE NET
7225572–525

A9742
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 19

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 18
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

18. Limitations with Main Net 7225572–561 and Side Net 72257572–528 installed
This section gives the compartment and cumulative load limitations for compartment C1 and C2.
CAUTION: THIS NET INSTALLATION IS VALID FOR AIRCRAFT WITH MOD 2624
INCORPORATED
A. Compartment Load Limitation

C1 C2
Not tied down (see note) Tied down
1125 lb (510 kg) 1500 lb (680 kg) 850 lb (385 kg)

B. Cumulative Load Limitation


Cumulative Load Limit, C1 + C2: 2100 lb (950 kg)

C1 C2
STA 655 STA 687 STA 733

MAIN NET
7225572–561

FWD

NET POSITION

SIDE NET
7225572–528

A14424
CARGO RESTRAINT NET INSTALLATIONS WITH LOAD LIMITATIONS
FIG. 20

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–20
Page 19
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

CARGO
TIE DOWN LIMITATIONS
1. General
In sections A, B, and C1 cargo/luggage must be secured by suitable equipment against the following
restraint factors:
Forward 12.0 g
Aft 2.0 g
Sideways 4.6 g
Upward 6.9 g
Downward 9.9 g

Tie–down load = cargo/luggage weight x restraint factor

CAUTION: IN CARGO CARRYING CONFIGURATION, WHEN LOADING THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS


LOAD FORWARD CABIN AREA FIRST. WHEN UNLOADING, ALWAYS UNLOAD THE
REAR CARGO COMPARTMENT FIRST.
CAUTION: NOTE THAT TIE–DOWN LOADS HAVE TO BE CALCULATED FOR EACH ITEM OF
CARGO CONSIDERING THE CENTER OF GRAVITY LOCATION AND THE
GEOMETRY OF THE ARRANGEMENT.
MAX. ALLOWABLE SEAT TRACK LOADS (FACTORED)
TRACK FWD AFT SIDE UP DOWN
lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg)
BL 0, 18.3 3000 (1360) 3000 (1360) 725 (325) 3000 3000 (1360)
STA 297–STA (1360)
686
BL 36.0 1000 (450) 1000 (450) 300 (135) 1000 (450) 1000 (450)
STA 297–STA
621
RHBL 15.8 2600 * (1170) 2600 * (1170) 2000 (900) 1100 (500) 1100 (500)
STA 216–STA
271
RHBL 33.5 2000 * (900) 2000 * (900) –––– 1500 (680) 1500 (680)
STA 221–STA
272
* Total allowable load on the track.
2. Floor seat tracks
The aircraft is fitted with three seat tracks along the length of the cabin floor between STA 297 and STA
686 (at BL 0 and 18.3).
Provision is made for attaching lashing fittings in the seat tracks. Each lashing fitting must be capable of
withstanding a minimum resultant load of 3000 lb (1360 kg). Minimum ”tie–down” pitch is 25 in (0.635
m).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–30
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

3. Side seat tracks


These tracks are fitted on each side of the cabin between STA 297 and STA 621 (at BL 36.0), and may
be used to provide additional restraint, in conjunction with the three floor seat tracks, to enable the
maximum cabin load to be restrained to the required factor.
As shown in the table, additional tracks are fitted in the RH forward cabin compartment, section A, and
may be used to ”tie–down” within the given STA and loading limitations.
Minimum ”tie–down” pitch for all allowable loading is 25 in (0.635 m).

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–30
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

A7081
SEAT–TRACKS, TIE–DOWN LOCATIONS
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–30
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

CARGO
INTEGRATED PAYLOAD LIMITATIONS
For all–cargo configuration the total load summation at any point along the fuselage must not exceed the
distribution limits shown on 01–60–40 page 2 and 3.
NOTE: Design weight and CG limitations, see section 01–10.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–40
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

lb kg

5100lb 2313kg
5000
VALID FOR ACTUAL ZFW
<25200lb (11430kg) and CG <28% MAC
2000 or
<25700lb (11660kg) and CG >28% MAC

4000

3750lb 1700kg

1500

3000

1000
2000

1450lb 658kg
500
1000
1000lb 454kg

600lb 272kg

0
0
STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA
215 272 298 350 400 450 500 550 621 623 687 733
435
A B C

ËËËË ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
EMERG. EXIT C1 C2
EMERG. EXIT

ËËËË ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
WL 70.5
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ WL 73.5

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ WL 70.5 WL 79.5

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ WL 73.5 WL 73.5

ENTRANCE EMERG. EXIT CARGO DOOR


DOOR

A7201
INTEGRATED PAYLOAD DISTRIBUTION
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–40
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

lb kg

5300lb 2405kg
5000

2000

4000

1500
3000

2450lb 1110kg
1000
2000

1450lb 658kg
500
1000

0
0
STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA
215 272 298 350 400 450 470 500 550 621 623 687 733
A B C

ËËËËÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
EMERG. EXIT EMERG. EXIT C1 C2

ËËËËÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
WL 70.5
WL 73.5

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
WL 70.5 WL 79.5

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ WL 73.5 WL 73.5

ENTRANCE EMERG. EXIT CARGO DOOR


DOOR

A7200
INTEGRATED PAYLOAD DISTRIBUTION
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–40
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

CARGO
CARGO/LUGGAGE MOMENTS TABLES
1. Section C1
A. Aft toilet config, moments in (lb in).
FORWARD SECTION C1 (STA 670)
(Aft toilet config)
WEIGHT MOMENT WEIGHT MOMENT
lb 100 lb 100
lb in lb in
25 168 825 5528
50 335 850 5695
75 503 875 5863
100 670 900 6030
125 838 925 6198
150 1005 950 6365
175 1173 975 6533
200 1340 1000 6700
225 1508 1025 6868
250 1675 1050 7035
275 1843 1075 7203
300 2010 1100 7370
325 2178 1125 7538
350 2345 1150 7705
375 2513 1175 7873
400 2680 1200 8040
425 2848 1225 8208
450 3015 1250 8375
475 3183 1275 8543
500 3350 1300 8710
525 3518 1325 8878
550 3685 1350 9045
575 3853 1375 9213
600 4020 1400 9380
625 4188 1425 9548
650 4355 1450 9715
675 4523 1475 9883
700 4690 1500 10050
725 4858
750 5025
775 5193
800 5360

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–50
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

B. Aft toilet config, moments in (kg in).


FORWARD SECTION C1 (STA 670)
(Aft toilet config)
WEIGHT MOMENT WEIGHT MOMENT
kg 100 kg 100
kg in kg in
10 67 360 2412
20 134 370 2479
30 201 380 2546
40 268 390 2613
50 335 400 2680
60 402 410 2747
70 469 420 2814
80 536 430 2881
90 603 440 2948
100 670 450 3015
110 737 460 3082
120 804 470 3149
130 871 480 3216
140 938 490 3283
150 1005 500 3350
160 1072 510 3417
170 1139 520 3484
180 1206 530 3551
190 1273 540 3618
200 1340 550 3685
210 1407 560 3752
220 1474 570 3819
230 1541 580 3886
240 1608 590 3953
250 1675 600 4020
260 1742 610 4087
270 1809 620 4154
280 1876 630 4221
290 1943 640 4288
300 2010 650 4355
310 2077 660 4422
320 2144 670 4489
330 2211 680 4556
340 2278
350 2345

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–50
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

C. Fwd toilet config, moments in (lb in).


FORWARD SECTION C1 (STA 655)
(Fwd toilet config)
WEIGHT MOMENT WEIGHT MOMENT
lb 100 lb 100
lb in lb in
25 164 825 5404
50 328 850 5568
75 491 875 5731
100 655 900 5895
125 819 925 6059
150 983 950 6223
175 1146 975 6386
200 1310 1000 6550
225 1474 1025 6714
250 1638 1050 6878
275 1801 1075 7041
300 1965 1100 7205
325 2129 1125 7369
350 2293 1150 7533
375 2456 1175 7696
400 2620 1200 7860
425 2784 1225 8024
450 2948 1250 8188
475 3111 1275 8351
500 3275 1300 8515
525 3439 1325 8679
550 3603 1350 8843
575 3766 1375 9006
600 3930 1400 9170
625 4094 1425 9334
650 4258 1450 9498
675 4421 1475 9661
700 4585 1500 9825
725 4749
750 4913
775 5076
800 5240

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–50
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

D. Fwd toilet config, moments in (kg in).


FORWARD SECTION C1 (STA 655)
(Fwd toilet config)
WEIGHT MOMENT WEIGHT MOMENT
kg 100 kg 100
kg in kg in
10 66 360 2358
20 131 370 2424
30 197 380 2489
40 262 390 2555
50 328 400 2620
60 393 410 2686
70 459 420 2751
80 524 430 2817
90 590 440 2882
100 655 450 2948
110 721 460 3013
120 786 470 3079
130 852 480 3144
140 917 490 3210
150 983 500 3275
160 1048 510 3341
170 1114 520 3406
180 1179 530 3472
190 1245 540 3537
200 1310 550 3603
210 1376 560 3668
220 1441 570 3734
230 1507 580 3799
240 1572 590 3865
250 1638 600 3930
260 1703 610 3996
270 1769 620 4061
280 1834 630 4127
290 1900 640 4192
300 1965 650 4258
310 2031 660 4323
320 2096 670 4389
330 2162 680 4454
340 2227
350 2293

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–50
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

2. Section C2
A. Moments in (lb in).
AFT SECTION C2 (STA 710)
WEIGHT MOMENT
lb 100
lb in
25 178
50 355
75 533
100 710
125 888
150 1065
175 1243
200 1420
225 1598
250 1775
275 1953
300 2130
325 2308
350 2485
375 2663
400 2840
425 3018
450 3195
475 3373
500 3550
525 3728
550 3905
575 4083
600 4260
625 4438
650 4615
675 4793
700 4970
725 5148
750 5325
775 5503
800 5680
825 5858
850 6035

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–50
Page 5
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

B. Moments in (kg in).

AFT SECTION C2 (STA 710)


WEIGHT MOMENT WEIGHT MOMENT
kg 100 kg 100
kg in kg in
10 71 360 2556
20 142 370 2627
30 213 380 2698
40 284 390 2769
50 355
60 426
70 497
80 568
90 639
100 710
110 781
120 852
130 923
140 994
150 1065
160 1136
170 1207
180 1278
190 1349
200 1420
210 1491
220 1562
230 1633
240 1704
250 1775
260 1846
270 1917
280 1988
290 2059
300 2130
310 2201
320 2272
330 2343
340 2414
350 2485

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–50
Page 6
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

CARGO
PACKAGE SIZES
1. General
The maximum dimensions of package sizes that will comfortably pass through the cargo and passenger
door openings (and past the toilet installation if present) are shown in the following tables. Dimensions
shown in these tables apply to packages that are loaded initially or have no interference from packages
that have been loaded previously.
Package sizes are approximate. Tilting, twisting, bending and/or rotating packages through the door
opening may in some cases allow dimensions larger than those found in the tables. A trial loading is
recommended for packages with dimensions close to maximum dimensions.
NOTE: Cargo restraint requirements must always be fulfilled.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–60
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

2. Rear Cargo Compartment C1+C2 (tables in inches)


A 6in high spacer must be used under the front end of the package to allow for the difference in floor
levels (ref. 01–60–10 page 3). The package has to be restrained by a net, and tied down at the front
end.
Aft toilet configuration
WIDTH (In)
HEIGHT 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(In)
LENGTH (In)
50 86 86 72 70 65 55 – –
40 86 86 72 70 65 55 – –
30 86 86 72 70 65 55 – –
20 98 94 78 71 69 67 62 –
10 98 94 78 71 69 67 62 –

Fwd toilet configuration


WIDTH (In)
HEIGHT 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(In)
LENGTH (In)
50 99 99 93 90 86 74 52 –
40 99 99 93 90 86 78 54 54
30 99 99 93 90 86 78 54 54
20 105 105 102 102 102 102 95 81
10 105 105 102 102 102 102 95 81

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–60
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

3. Rear Cargo Compartment C1 (tables in inches)


Aft toilet configuration
WIDTH (In)
HEIGHT 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(In)
LENGTH (In)
50 58 58 58 58 53 – – –
40 58 58 58 58 53 – – –
30 58 58 58 58 53 – – –
20 58 58 58 58 53 – – –
10 58 58 58 58 53 – – –

Fwd toilet configuration


WIDTH (In)
HEIGHT 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(In)
LENGTH (In)
50 61 61 61 61 58 58 55 –
40 61 61 61 61 58 58 55 55
30 61 61 61 61 58 58 55 55
20 62 62 62 62 61 61 60 60
10 62 62 62 62 61 61 60 60

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–60
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

4. Rear Cargo Compartment C2 (tables in inches)


Aft toilet configuration
WIDTH (In)
HEIGHT 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(In)
LENGTH (In)
50 58 58 56 54 48 45 – –
40 58 58 56 54 48 45 – –
30 58 58 56 54 48 45 – –
20 66 63 60 59 54 52 46 –
10 66 63 60 59 54 52 46 –

Fwd toilet configuration


WIDTH (In)
HEIGHT 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
(In)
LENGTH (In)
50 61 61 57 54 48 47 45 –
40 61 61 57 54 48 47 45 –
30 61 61 57 54 48 47 45 –
20 66 63 60 59 54 52 46 –
10 66 63 60 59 54 52 46 –

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–60
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

5. Rear Cargo Compartment C1 + C2 (tables in meters)


Aft toilet configuration
WIDTH (m)
HEIGHT 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.76 0.89 1.02 1.14
(m)
LENGTH (m)
1.27 2.18 2.18 1.83 1.78 1.65 1.40 – –
1.02 2.18 2.18 1.83 1.78 1.65 1.40 – –
0.76 2.18 2.18 1.83 1.78 1.65 1.40 – –
0.51 2.49 2.39 1.98 1.80 1.75 1.70 1.57 –
0.25 2.49 2.39 1.98 1.80 1.75 1.70 1.57 –

Fwd toilet configuration


WIDTH (m)
HEIGHT 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.76 0.89 1.02 1.14
(m)
LENGTH (m)
1.27 2.51 2.51 2.36 2.29 2.18 1.88 1.32 –
1.02 2.51 2.51 2.36 2.29 2.18 1.98 1.37 1.37
0.76 2.51 2.51 2.36 2.29 2.18 1.98 1.37 1.37
0.51 2.67 2.67 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.41 2.06
0.25 2.67 2.67 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.41 2.06

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–60
Page 5
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

6. Rear Cargo Compartment C1 (tables in meters)


Aft toilet configuration
WIDTH (m)
HEIGHT 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.76 0.89 1.02 1.14
(m)
LENGTH (m)
1.27 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.35 – – –
1.02 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.35 – – –
0.76 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.35 – – –
0.51 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.35 – – –
0.25 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.35 – – –

Fwd toilet configuration


WIDTH (m)
HEIGHT 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.76 0.89 1.02 1.14
(m)
LENGTH (m)
1.27 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.47 1.47 1.40 –
1.02 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.47 1.47 1.40 1.40
0.76 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.47 1.47 1.40 1.40
0.51 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.55 1.55 1.52 1.52
0.25 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.55 1.55 1.52 1.52

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–60
Page 6
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

7. Rear Cargo Compartment C2 (tables in meters)


Aft toilet configuration
WIDTH (m)
HEIGHT 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.76 0.89 1.02 1.14
(m)
LENGTH (m)
1.27 1.47 1.47 1.42 1.37 1.22 1.14 – –
1.02 1.47 1.47 1.42 1.37 1.22 1.14 – –
0.76 1.47 1.47 1.42 1.37 1.22 1.14 – –
0.51 1.68 1.60 1.52 1.50 1.37 1.32 1.17 –
0.25 1.68 1.60 1.52 1.50 1.37 1.32 1.17 –

Fwd toilet configuration


WIDTH (m)
HEIGHT 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.76 0.89 1.02 1.14
(m)
LENGTH (m)
1.27 1.55 1.55 1.45 1.37 1.22 1.19 1.14 –
1.02 1.55 1.55 1.45 1.37 1.22 1.19 1.14 –
0.76 1.55 1.55 1.45 1.37 1.22 1.19 1.14 –
0.51 1.68 1.60 1.52 1.50 1.37 1.32 1.17 –
0.25 1.68 1.60 1.52 1.50 1.37 1.32 1.17 –

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–60
Page 7
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

8. Compartment B (Valid for aircraft in cargo configuration)


Maximum package size that will pass HEIGHT WIDTH LENGTH
comfortably through the passenger 55.0 in 18.0 in 64.0 in
door opening: (1.40 m) (0.46 m) (1.63 m)

EFFECTIVITY: 01–60–60
Page 8
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

LOAD PLANNING
GENERAL
This section is intended for operators own use.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

LOAD PLANNING
THE INDEX METHOD
1. General
As a general information an easy–to–use method to control Weight and Balance by index units is
described. The method assumes the cabin to be divided into two sections at the overwing emergency
doors. For CG close to limits, procedures to make sure the passengers are evenly distributed in each
section must be established.
2. The Index Method
Indexed Weight and CG Envelope for SAAB 340A see 01–70–10 page 8 and 9 and for SAAB 340B see
01–70–10 page 10 thru 13.
A. Dry Operating Index
The Dry Operating Index (DOI) shall be calculated according to the formulas:

Weight in (lb): Weight (lb) x (STA – 438)


+ 50
10000

Weight in (kg): Weight (kg) x (STA – 438)


+ 50
5000

”438” is the datum line in the STA–system. ”50” is added in order to produce a positive value of
DOI. When calculating index units for passenger, cargo, catering, etc, the constant ”50” shall not be
added.
Crew, catering, cabin supplies and other operating items are practical to include in Dry Operating
Weight (DOW) and corresponding Dry Operating Index (DOI). Thus only payload (passengers,
baggage and cargo) is calculated on the load sheet. For example see 01–70–20 fig 1 and fig 2.
B. Passengers Index
Tables with units for each cabin section shall be established for the used passenger weight(s) and
the average CG for each section. For passenger CG, see WBM 01–40.
C. Baggage Index
The cargo compartment is divided into two sections, C1 and C2. See WBM 01–60–10. Tables shall
be calculated for the applicable cargo compartment configuration.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 1
Jan 01/99
Weight and Balance Manual

D. Fuel Index
Index for fuel shall be calculated. For CG see WBM 01–20–20.
E. Observer Index
Index for observer shall be calculated for the used weight. See WBM 01–40–10.
F. In–flight movements
The following in–flight movements must be taken into account. See WBM 01–40–50.
– Landing gear retraction – Flight attendant to last seat row – One pilot to aft lavatory or one
passenger from last seat row to forward lavatory (optional).
G. Graphs
The scale for Weight and Index shall be the same on all graphs.
The scale used on enclosed Weight and CG Envelopes is:
Weight in lb 1000 lb – 10 mm
Weight in kg 1000 kg – 20 mm
Index 2 index – 4 mm
H. Seating check
For TO–index close to the limits, procedures to make sure that the passengers are evenly seated in
each section must be established.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 2
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

3. Example
In this example weights are given in lb and 33–seats cabin layout is assumed, see 01–50–35.
For example of load sheet, see 01–70–20 fig 1 and fig 2.
A. Establishment of DOW/DOI
Weight CG Weight x STA
lb STA 100
Basic Empty Weight (BEW) as weighed 17590 428.1 75303
Flight crew 340 193.0 656
Flight attendant 130 272.0 354
Crew kits 40 200.0 80
Trolley (empty) 35 225.0 79
Galley service items 135 231.0 312
Cabin seat pocket material 27 434.5 117
Dry Operating Weight (DOW) 18297 420.3* 76901

DOI = 18

* 76901 x 100
= 420.3 (See WBM 01–00–70, page 1)
18297

DOI = 18297 x (420.3 – 438) + 50 = (17.6) = 18


10000

B. Observer weight/index
Weight: 170 lb
CG: STA 215.0 (See WBM 01–40–10, page 1)
Index: –4

170 x (215 – 438)


Index= = (–3.8) = –4
10000

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 3
Jan 01/99
Weight and Balance Manual

C. Passenger weight/index
Weight each: 170 lb
CG forward section: STA 366.7
CG aft section: STA 533.0
Index forward section 15 passengers (example)
15 x 170 (366.7 – 438)
Index = = (–18.2) = –18
10000

Index Table
33 passengers
2 sections
170 lb each

No Pax Index Index


pax weight forward aft
lb section section
1 170 –1 2
2 340 –2 3
3 510 –4 5
4 680 –5 6
5 850 –6 8
6 1020 –7 10
7 1190 –8 11
8 1360 – 10 13
9 1530 – 11 15
10 1700 –12 16
11 1870 –13 18
12 2040 –15 19
13 2210 –16 21
14 2380 –17 23
15 2550 –18 24
16 2720 26
17 2890 27
18 3060 29

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 4
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

D. Baggage weight/index
Cargo compartment C1, CG: STA 670.0
Cargo compartment C2, CG: STA 710.0
C1 Index C2
weight weight
lb lb
0 – 21 0 0 – 18
22 – 64 1 19 – 55
65 – 107 2 56 – 92
108 – 150 3 93 – 128
151 – 194 4 129 – 165
195 – 237 5 166 – 202
238 – 280 6 203 – 239
281 – 323 7 240 – 275
324 – 366 8 276 – 312
367 – 409 9 313 – 349
410 – 452 10 350 – 386
453 – 495 11 387 – 422
496 – 538 12 423 – 459
539 – 581 13 460 – 496
582 – 625 14 497 – 533
626 – 668 15 534 – 569
669 – 711 16 570 – 606
712 – 754 17 607 – 643
755 – 797 18 644 – 680
798 – 840 19 681 – 717
841 – 883 20 718 – 753
884 – 926 21 754 – 790
927 – 969 22 791 – 827
970 – 1012 23 828 – 850
1013 – 1056 24
1057 – 1099 25
1100 – 1142 26
1143 – 1185 27
1186 – 1228 28
1229 – 1271 29
1272 – 1314 30
1315 – 1357 31
1358 – 1400 32
1401 – 1444 33
1445 – 1487 34
1488 – 1500 35

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 5
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

E. Fuel weight/index
Weight, lb STA Index
0–2000 440.0 0
2001–4000 441.3 +1
4001–5690 442.8 +2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 6
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

F. Calculation Table

Weight Index

ÉÉÉÉ
DOW
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
Observer

Passengers

ÉÉÉÉ
Fwd

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
Aft

ÉÉÉÉ
Cargo C1
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
Cargo C2
ÉÉÉÉ
Sub total ÉÉÉÉ
É
ÉÉÉÉ –

ZFW
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
Fuel
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
TOW
ÉÉÉÉ
A17153

FIG. 1 CALCULATION TABLE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 7
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

4. Center of Gravity Limits. 340A Post Mod. 1531, 1762, 1763, and 1764 (SB SF–340–32–039)
A. Weight in lb.
MAX TAXI WEIGHT 28300

10 20 30 40 50 60 70
INDEX

lb MAX TAKE OFF WEIGHT


28000
MAX LANDING WEIGHT
27200
27000

26000
MAX ZERO FUEL WEIGHT
25700
25000

24000

23000

22000

21000

20000

19000

18000

17000

16000
MAC 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

A17154

FIG. 2 WEIGHT AND CG ENVELOPE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 8
Jan 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

B. Weight in kg.
MAX TAXI WEIGHT 12835

10 20 30 40 50 60 70
INDEX

MAX TAKE OFF WEIGHT


kg 12700
12500 MAX LANDING WEIGHT
12340

12000

MAX ZERO FUEL WEIGHT


11660

11000

10000

9000

8000

7000
MAC 10 15 20 25 30 35

A17155

FIG. 3 WEIGHT AND CG ENVELOPE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 9
Jan 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

5. Center of Gravity Limits. 340A Post Mod. 3139 (SB 340–51–026)


A. Weight in lb.
MAX TAXI WEIGHT 28800

10 20 30 40 50 60 70
INDEX
lb MAX TAKE OFF WEIGHT
28500
28000
MAX LANDING WEIGHT
27200
27000

26000
MAX ZERO FUEL WEIGHT
25700
25000

24000

23000

22000

21000

20000

19000

18000

17000

16000
MAC 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

A31055

FIG. 4 WEIGHT AND CG ENVELOPE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 10
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

B. Weight in kg.

MAX TAXI WEIGHT 13060

10 20 30 40 50 60 70
INDEX
kg
13000 MAX TAKE OFF WEIGHT
12930

12500 MAX LANDING WEIGHT


12340

12000

MAX ZERO FUEL WEIGHT


11660

11000

10000

9000

8000

7000
MAC 10 15 20 25 30 35

A31059

FIG. 5 WEIGHT AND CG ENVELOPE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 11
Dec 01/11
Weight and Balance Manual

6. Center of Gravity Limits. 340B Pre–MOD. 2438 (SB 340–51–010)


A. Weight in lb
MAX TAXI WEIGHT 28800

lb

MAX TAKE OFF WEIGHT

MAX LANDING WEIGHT

MAX ZERO FUEL WEIGHT

A17156

FIG. 6 WEIGHT AND CG ENVELOPE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 12
Jan 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

B. Weight in kg
MAX TAXI WEIGHT 13060

kg

MAX TAKE OFF WEIGHT

MAX LANDING WEIGHT

MAX ZERO FUEL WEIGHT

A17157

FIG. 7 WEIGHT AND CG ENVELOPE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 13
Jan 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

7. Center of Gravity Limits. 340B Post–MOD 2438 (SB 340–51–010)


A. Weight in lb
MAX TAXI WEIGHT 29300

lb

MAX TAKE OFF WEIGHT


MAX LANDING WEIGHT

MAX ZERO FUEL WEIGHT

A17158

FIG. 8 WEIGHT AND CG ENVELOPE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 14
Jan 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

B. Weight in kg
MAX TAXI WEIGHT 13290

kg

MAX TAKE OFF WEIGHT

MAX LANDING WEIGHT

MAX ZERO FUEL WEIGHT

A17159

FIG. 9 WEIGHT AND CG ENVELOPE

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–10
Page 15
Jan 01/93
Weight and Balance Manual

LOAD PLANNING
LOAD SHEET EXAMPLE
1. General
This subject contains load sheet examples:
– Empty sheet
– Filled in sheet.
2. Load Sheet Example – Empty Sheet
REF. FIG. 1
3. Load Sheet Example – Filled In Sheet
REF. FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–20
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE (33 SEATS)

FWD SECTION AFT SECTION

CARGO COMPARTMENT PASSENGERS


C1 C2 FWD SECTION AFT SECTION
WT LB INDEX WT LB INDEX No WT LB INDEX No WT LB INDEX
0 – 20 0 0 – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
21 – 60 +1 16 – 55 +1 1 170 –1 1 170 +2
61 – 105 +2 56 – 90 +2 2 340 –2 2 340 +3
106 – 150 +3 91 – 125 +3 3 510 –4 3 510 +5
151 – 190 +4 126 – 165 +4 4 680 –5 4 680 +7
191 – 235 +5 166 – 200 +5 5 850 –6 5 850 +8
236 – 280 +6 201 – 235 +6 6 1020 –7 6 1020 +10
281 – 320 +7 236 – 275 +7 7 1190 –9 7 1190 +11
321 – 365 +8 276 – 310 +8 8 1360 –10 8 1360 +13
366 – 405 +9 311 – 345 +9 9 1530 –11 9 1530 +15
406 – 450 +10 346 – 385 +10 10 1700 –12 10 1700 +16
451 – 495 +11 386 – 420 +11 11 1870 –13 11 1870 +18
496 – 535 +12 421 – 455 +12 12 2040 –15 12 2040 +20
536 – 580 +13 456 – 495 +13 13 2210 –16 13 2210 +21
581 – 620 +14 496 – 530 +14 14 2380 –17 14 2380 +23
621 – 665 +15 531 – 565 +15 15 2550 –18 15 2550 +24
666 – 710 +16 566 – 600 +16 16 2720 +26
711 – 750 +17 MAX 600 17 2890 +28
751 – 795 +18 18 3060 +29
796 – 840 +19
841 – 880 +20 FUEL WT LB INDEX
881 – 925 +21 BASIC INDEX OSERVER
926 – 965 +22 WEIGHT x (STA–438) WT LB INDEX 0 – 2000 0
966 – +50
1010 +23 10000 2001 – 4000 +1
170 –4
1011 – 1055 +24 4001 – 5760 +2
1056 – 1095 +25
1096 – 1140 +26
1141 – 1185 +27 BALANCE CALCUATION

ÉÉ
1186 – 1225 +28
1226 – 1270 +29
Weight Index 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
+30 INDEX
1271 – 1310 – +

ÉÉ
1311 – 1355 +31 28000
+32 DOW
1356 – 1400 27000 27200

ÉÉ
1401 – 1440 +33
1441 – 1485 +34 26000
BAGGAGE C1 25700

ÉÉ
É
1486 – 1500 +35
25000
MAX 1500 BAGGAGE C2
24000

ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
SUBTOTAL
23000

ÉÉ
ÉÉ
DLI 22000

ÉÉ
PASS FWD SECTION 21000
PASS AFT SECTION 20000

ÉÉ
É
SUBTOTAL
19000

ÉÉ
18000
ZFW
17000

ÉÉ
FUEL
16000
TOW
% MAC 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

A17670
LOAD SHEET EXAMPLE (Empty heet)
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–20
Page 2
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE (33 SEAT)

CARGO COMPARTMENT PASSENGERS


C1 C2 FWD SECTION AFT SECTION
WT LB INDEX WT LB INDEX No WT LB INDEX No WT LB INDEX
0 – 20 0 0 – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
21 – 60 +1 16 – 55 +1 1 170 –1 1 170 +2
61 – 105 +2 56 – 90 +2 2 340 –2 2 340 +3
106 – 150 +3 91 – 125 +3 3 510 –4 3 510 +5
151 – 190 +4 126 – 165 +4 4 680 –5 4 680 +7
191 – 235 +5 166 – 200 +5 5 850 –6 5 850 +8
236 – 280 +6 201 – 235 +6 6 1020 –7 6 1020 +10
281 – 320 +7 236 – 275 +7 7 1190 –9 7 1190 +11
321 – 365 +8 276 – 310 +8 8 1360 –10 8 1360 +13
366 – 405 +9 311 – 345 +9 9 1530 –11 9 1530 +15
406 – 450 +10 346 – 385 +10 10 1700 –12 10 1700 +16
451 – 495 +11 386 – 420 +11 11 1870 –13 11 1870 +18
496 – 535 +12 421 – 455 +12 12 2040 –15 12 2040 +20
536 – 580 +13 456 – 495 +13 13 2210 –16 13 2210 +21
581 – 620 +14 496 – 530 +14 14 2380 –17 14 2380 +23
621 – 665 +15 531 – 565 +15 15 2550 –18 15 2550 +24
666 – 710 +16 566 – 600 +16 16 2720 +26
711 – 750 +17 MAX 600 17 2890 +28
751 – 795 +18 18 3060 +29
796 – 840 +19
841 – 880 +20
881 – 925 +21 FUEL WT LB INDEX
BASIC INDEX OSERVER
926 – 965 +22
WEIGHT x (STA–438) 0 – 2000 0
966 – 1010 +23 +50 WT LB INDEX 2001 – 4000 +1
1011 – 1055 +24 10000
170 –4 4001 – 5760 +2
1056 – 1095 +25
1096 – 1140 +26
1141 – 1185 +27
+28
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
1186 – 1225 INDEX
1226 – 1270 +29 28000

ÉÉ
1271 – 1310 +30 BALANCE CALCULATION
+31 27000 27200
1311 – 1355
Weight Index

ÉÉ
1356 – 1400 +32 26000
1401 – 1440 +33 – + 25700
1441 – 1485 +34 DOW 1 8 2 9 7 1 8 25000

ÉÉ
1486 – 1500 +35
24000
MAX 1500

ÉÉ
BAGGAGE C1 5 5 0 1 3 23000
BAGGAGE C2 2 5 0 7 22000

ÉÉ
É
SUBTOTAL 1 9 0 9 7 3 8 21000
SHADED AREA

ÉÉ
ÉÉ
20000
CHECK SEATING DLI 1 9 0 9 7 3 8

ÉÉ
19000
ROW 3+4> PASS FWD SECTION 1 7 0 0 1 2
2 5 5 0 2 4 18000

ÉÉ
É
ROW 6+7 PASS AFT SECTION
SUBTOTAL 2 3 3 4 7 6 2 17000
AND

ÉÉ
16000
–1 2
MAC 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
ROW 8+9>
2 3 3 4 7 5 0

ÉÉ
ZFW
ROW 12+14 2 2 0 0 1
FUEL
TOW 2 5 5 4 7 5 1

A17669
LOAD SHEET EXAMPLE (Filled in sheet)
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–70–20
Page 3
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS
GENERAL
This section deals with information on weighing the aircraft, either on jacks or on platform scales, and the
calculation of the CG from results obtained.
The procedure for levelling the aircraft prior to weighing, and also the above methods of weighing, are
comprehensively described in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual, sections 08–10–00 and 08–20–00. This
should be referred to for all weighing and levelling operations.
The readings obtained from the above weighing methods are tabulated as shown on 01–80–10 page 1
and 2. From these tabulations the total aircraft weight and CG may be determined.
Weighing should always be performed in an enclosed area free of air currents.
The aircraft should be re–weighed after any significant repairs or equipment changes have been made in
order to enable the BEW to be kept up to date.
Blank forms see section 02–00.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–80–00
Page 1
Apr 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS
WEIGHING METHODS
1. Weighing form for determining CG, using jackstand weighing method

Jack Scale reading Tare Weight STA Moment


Location lb lb lb in lb in
100

Nose 215.0

Wing LH 465.5

Wing RH 465.5

Total aircraft

STA is true measure in inches from fuselage datum line to center of jack pads.

Total Moment
x 100
100
Formula: CG expressed in STA Location =
Total A/C weight
CG position expressed in MAC% can be evaluated from formula on 01–00–70 page 1 and 2.

A7118
AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND CG FORM, JACKSTAND METHOD
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 01–80–10
Page 1
Jan 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

2. Weighing form for determining CG, using platform weighing method.

Gear Scale reading Tare Weight STA Moment


lb lb lb in lb in
100

Nose

Main LH

Main RH

Total aircraft

STA is true measure in inches from fuselage datum line to center of wheel axles. The arms must be
computed accurately from the plumb bob suspension line at STA 215.5 To obtain true measure from
datum line, use formulae below.
The nose wheel axle center STA = 215.5 – distance A. (approx. 176.6 in)
The main wheel axle center STA = 215.5 + distance B. (approx. 458.2 in)

Total Moment
x 100
100
Formula: CG expressed in STA Location =
Total A/C weight
CG position expressed in %MAC can be evaluated from formula on 01–00–70 page 1 and 2.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–80–10
Page 2
Jan 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

A7117
AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND CG FORM, PLATFORM METHOD
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 01–80–10
Page 3
Jan 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT AND UNIT REMOVAL EFFECTS ON WEIGHT AND A/C CG
In the table below weights and STA for units normally removable from the aircraft are listed. The values
may be used to determine approximate aircraft weight and balance, required for maintenance only. CG
shifts are calculated on the basis of 17300 lb (7850 kg) Basic Empty Weight (BEW) with a CG position
at STA 426.0. The sign ”+” indicates A/C CG moves aft and the sign ”–” indicates A/C CG moves
forward. One STA unit is equivalent to one inch.
Lowering one main gear shifts CG + 0.7
Lowering nose gear shifts CG + 0.4
UNITS REMOVED WEIGHT STA CG
shift
lb kg in
Airstair, stowed position 66 30 247 + 0.7
extended position 272 + 0.6
Ailerons, including tabs (per unit) 70 32 471 – 0.2
Avionic rack contents, typical 185 84 225 + 2.2
Batteries (per unit) 84 38 533 – 0.5
Cargo door 67 30 659 – 0.9
Elevators, including tabs (per unit) 102 46 794 – 2.2
Emergency doors, overwing (per unit) 15 7 450 Negligible
Emergency door, RH 18 8 283 + 0.2
Escape hatch, cockpit 9 4 214 + 0.2
Flaps (per unit) 126 57 480 – 0.4
Fligh attendant seat 22 10 262 + 0.2
Horizontal stabilizers, incl. elevators 245 111 780
(per unit) – 5.0
Galley, LH empty, typical 60 27 249 + 0.6
contents, typical 50 23 249 + 0.5
Galley, RH empty, typical 120 54 231 + 1.4
contents, typical 200 91 231 + 2.3
Main gear, including wheels Up position 368 167 425 0
and tires (per unit) Down position 458 – 0.7
Main gear doors (per unit) 30 14 415 Negligible
Main wheels, incl. tires
(per unit) Down position 90 41 458 – 0.2
Main door 74 34 272 + 0.7
Nose gear, incl. wheels Up position 155 + 4.0
and tires Down position 256 116 173 + 3.7
Nose wheels, incl. tires
(per unit) Down position 20 9 177 + 0.3
Power plants, excluding propellers,
incl. oil (per unit) 810 367 371 + 2.6
Propellers, including spinners (per unit) 203 92 322 + 1.2
Rudder, including tab 190 86 826 – 4.5
2 seats, Row 1 and 2, typical 50 23 228–258 + 0.5
33 seats, Row 3 to 14, typical 482 219 307–610 – 0.9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–80–20
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT AND UNIT REMOVAL EFFECTS ON WEIGHT AND A/C CG
In the table below weights and STA for units normally removable from the aircraft are listed. The values
may be used to determine approximate aircraft weight and balance, required for maintenance only. CG
shifts are calculated on the basis of 17400 lb (7893 kg) Basic Empty Weight (BEW) with a CG position
at STA 426.0. The sign ”+” indicates A/C CG moves aft and the sign ”–” indicates A/C CG moves
forward. One STA unit is equivalent to one inch.
Lowering one main gear shifts CG +0.7
Lowering nose gear shifts CG + 0.4
UNITS REMOVED WEIGHT CG
STA shift
lb kg in
Airstair, stowed position 66 30 247 + 0.7
extended position 272 + 0.6
Ailerons, including tabs (per unit) 70 32 471 – 0.2
Avionic rack contents, typical 185 84 225 + 2.2
Batteries (per unit) 84 38 533 – 0.5
Cargo door 67 30 659 – 0.9
Elevators, including tabs (per unit) 102 46 794 – 2.2
Emergency doors, overwing (per unit) 22 10 450 Negligible
Emergency door, RH 18 8 283 + 0.2
Escape hatch, cockpit 9 4 214 + 0.2
Flaps (per unit) 126 57 480 – 0.4
Fligh attendant seat 22 10 262 + 0.2
Horizontal stabilizers, incl. elevators 258 117 780
(per unit) – 5.2
Galley, LH empty, typical 60 27 249 + 0.6
contents, typical 50 23 249 + 0.5
Galley, RH empty, typical 120 54 231 + 1.4
contents, typical 200 91 231 + 2.3
Main gear, including wheels Up position 368 167 425 0
and tires (per unit) Down position 458 – 0.7
Main gear doors (per unit) 30 14 415 Negligible
Main wheels, incl. tires
(per unit) Down position 90 41 458 – 0.2
Main door 74 34 272 + 0.7
Nose gear, incl. wheels Up position 155 + 4.0
and tires Down position 256 116 173 + 3.7
Nose wheels, incl. tires
(per unit) Down position 20 9 177 + 0.3
Power plants, excluding propellers,
incl. oil (per unit) 810 367 371 + 2.6
Propellers, including spinners (per unit) 203 92 322 + 1.2
Rudder, including tab 190 86 826 – 4.5
2 seats, Row 1 and 2, typical 50 23 228–258 + 0.5
33 seats, Row 3 to 14, typical 482 219 307–610 – 0.9

EFFECTIVITY: 01–80–20
Page 2
Apr 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

EXAMPLES
GENERAL
This section contains examples of the following:
Build–up of operational empty weight (OEW) and CG.
Vectors of fuel, passengers and cargo.
Typical loading diagram.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–90–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

EXAMPLES
OPERATIONAL EMPTY WEIGHT (OEW) AND CG BUILD–UP
The table below gives details of the build–up from MEW through to BEW; and with the addition of
operators items, to obtain the operational empty weight OEW. Item marked thus * will vary according to
customer requirements.
ITEM WEIGHT STA MOMENT
lb in 100
lb in
MEW 16900 429.3 72552
Standard items:

Unusable fuel 110 440.0 484


Engine oil, propeller/gearbox
oil and circulating oil 75 363.0 272

Chemical toilet fluid 14 640.0 90


Oxygen 4 166.0 7
*Optional equipment (approximate) 296 357.7 1059
BEW 17399 427.9 74464
Operational items:

Flight crew (2) 340 193.0 656


Flight crew briefcases, etc. 40 200.0 80
Attendant 130 272.0 354
Galley contents 50 250.0 125
Toilet supplies 1 640.0 6

OEW: Operational empty weight 17960 421.4 75685

OEW CG position in STA = 421.4

OEW CG position in %MAC: = (421.4 – 412.3) x 100


= 11.1
82.07

EFFECTIVITY: 01–90–10
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

EXAMPLES
OPERATIONAL TAKE–OFF WEIGHT (OTOW) AND CG BUILD–UP
The table below gives details of the typical build–up from OEW through to OTOW, including zero fuel
weight ZFW, and taxi weight TW.
ITEM WEIGHT STA MOMENT
lb in 100
lb in
OEW 17960 421.4 75685
Useful load items:

Passengers 4420 435.4 19246


Luggage/cargo 1000 694.0 6940

ZFW: 23380 435.7 101871


Fuel 3000 440.5 13216
TW: 26380 436.2 115087
Fuel consumed (taxi) –50 442.0 –221
OTOW: Operational take–off weight 26330 436.2 114866
The information above together with information on previous page (01–90–10 Page 1) is summarized on
Manifest form 01–90–30 Page 1.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–90–20
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

EXAMPLE
MANIFEST FORM
NOTE: When in use, maximum design weights for Zero Fuel, Taxi, Take–Off and Landing must be
filled out in the right lower part of form. These weights depend on aircraft’s modification status.
See 01–10–00.

WEGHT AND BALANCE LOADING MANIFEST


REGISTRATION NO: HOME STATION: LOADING COMPUTED BY :

FLIGHT NO: FROM PILOT SIGNATURE: DATE:


:
TO:

LUGGAGE PASSENGERS ITEM WEIGHT MOMENT


lb 100
AREA WEIGHT MOMENT ROW NO WEIGHT MOMENT
lb lb lb in
100 100
lb in lb in BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT 17399 74464
C1 400 2680 1 1 170 391 FLIGHT CREW (2) 340 656
C2 600 4260 2 1 170 442 FLIGHT CREW BRIEF CASES 40 80
3 2 340 1040 ATTENDANT 130 354
4 2 340 1142
TOTAL 1000 6940 5 3 510 1867 GALLEY CONTENTS 50 125
6 3 510 2020 TOILET SUPPLIES, WATER 1 6
7 2 340 1448
AREA WEIGHT MOMENT 8 2 340 1561 OPERATIONAL EMPTY WEIGHT 17960 75685
lb 100 9 2 340 1663
lb in
10 2 340 1765 PASSENGERS–TOTAL 4420 19246
11 2 340 1867 LUGGAGE–TOTAL 1000 6940
12 2 340 1969 CARGO–TOTAL
14 2 340 2071
19246 OBSERVER
26 4420
TOTAL TOTAL

MOMENT ZERO FUEL WEIGHT 23380 101871


X 100
100
FOR REFERENCE: CG POS. IN INCHES = (MAX: )
WEIGHT FUEL 3000 13216
(STA* – 412.3) X 100 TAXI WEIGHT
CG POS. IN %MAC = 26380 115087
82.07
*STA = CG POS. IN INCHES (MAX: )

FUEL CONSUMED–TAXI – 50 – 221


CG POS. INCHES CG POS. %MAC
TAKE OFF WEIGHT 26330 114866
ZERO FUEL WEIGHT 435.7 28.5 (MAX: )
TAKE–OFF WEIGHT 436.2 29.1 FUEL CONSUMED–FLIGHT – 1950 – 8601
435.9 28.7 ESTIMATED LANDING WEIGHT 24380 106265
EST LAND WEIGHT
(MAX: )

REMARKS:

EFFECTIVITY: 01–90–30
Page 1
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

Blank Manifest Form


See NOTE on 01–90–30 page 1.

WEGHT AND BALANCE LOADING MANIFEST


REGISTRATION NO: HOME STATION: LOADING COMPUTED BY :

FLIGHT NO: FROM PILOT SIGNATURE: DATE:


:
TO:

LUGGAGE PASSENGERS ITEM WEIGHT MOMENT


lb 100
AREA WEIGHT MOMENT ROW NO WEIGHT MOMENT
lb lb lb in
100 100
lb in lb in BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT

1 FLIGHT CREW (2)

2 FLIGHT CREW BRIEF CASES


3 ATTENDANT
4

TOTAL 5 GALLEY CONTENTS

6 TOILET SUPPLIES, WATER


7

AREA WEIGHT MOMENT 8 OPERATIONAL EMPTY WEIGHT


lb 100 9
lb in
10 PASSENGERS–TOTAL

11 LUGGAGE–TOTAL
12 CARGO–TOTAL
14

OBSERVER
TOTAL
TOTAL

MOMENT ZERO FUEL WEIGHT


X 100
100
FOR REFERENCE: CG POS. IN INCHES = (MAX: )
WEIGHT FUEL
(STA* – 412.3) X 100 TAXI WEIGHT
CG POS. IN %MAC =
82.07
*STA = CG POS. IN INCHES (MAX: )

FUEL CONSUMED–TAXI – –
CG POS. INCHES CG POS. %MAC
TAKE OFF WEIGHT
ZERO FUEL WEIGHT (MAX: )

TAKE–OFF WEIGHT FUEL CONSUMED–FLIGHT – –


EST LAND WEIGHT ESTIMATED LANDING WEIGHT
(MAX: )

REMARKS:

EFFECTIVITY: 01–90–30
Page 2
Apr 01/92
Weight and Balance Manual

The purpose of the Manifest Form (load control) is as follows:


To ensure that the weight and balance of the aircraft is correctly calculated, and is within the design
limitations given in this manual.
That the number of persons of all categories on board is within given limits.
That the load carried is distributed, supported and secured in accordance with regulations.
That the information on the Manifest Form corresponds with the actual loading of the aircraft.
Loading Procedure
The loading procedure to complete the Manifest Form is as follows:
a) Determine the Basic Empty Weight (BEW) for the aircraft; a typical example of which is shown
on 01–90–10 Page 1.
b) Determine the Operational Empty Weight (OEW) for the aircraft; a typical example of which is
shown on 01–90–10 Page 1.
c) Tabulate the weight and moment of passengers and cargo from information given in sections
1–50 and 1–60. This is added to the OEW to obtain Zero Fuel Weight (ZFW). This actual ZFW
must not exceed the Maximum Design Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW).
d) Determine the weight and moment of the required usable fuel from information given in section
01–20.This is added to the ZFW to obtain Taxi Weight. This actual Taxi Weight must not exceed
the Maximum Design Taxi Weight (MTW).
e) Determine the weight and moment of fuel required for taxi from information given in section
01–20. This is subtracted from the actual Taxi Weight to obtain Take–Off Weight. This actual
Take–Off Weight must not exceed the Maximum Design Take–Off Weight (MTOW).
f) Estimate the weight and moment of fuel required for flight using information given in section
01–20. This is subtracted from the actual Take–Off Weight to obtain the Estimated Landing
Weight. The actual Landing Weight must not exceed the Maximum Design Landing Weight
(MLW).
At all times it must be ensured that the aircraft is within the CG and Safe Moment limitations given in
section 01–10.

EFFECTIVITY: 01–90–30
Page 3
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

CHAPTER 02

AIRCRAFT REPORTS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively.
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and the Record of Temporary
Revisions as necessary.

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

02–L.E.P. N 1–1 Apr 01/98


02–L.E.T.R. N 1–1 Apr 01/98
02–Contents R 1–1 Apr 01/98

02–00–00 1 Oct 01/91

02–00–10 R 1 Apr 01/98


N 2 Apr 01/98

02–00–20 R 1 Apr 01/98


R 2 Apr 01/98
N 3 Apr 01/98

02–00–30 R 1 Apr 01/98


R 2 Apr 01/98
R 3 Apr 01/98
R 4 Apr 01/98
R 5 Apr 01/98
R 6 Apr 01/98
N 7 Apr 01/98

02–00–40 1 Jul 01/94


2 Jul 01/94

02–00–50 1 Jul 01/94


2 Jul 01/94
3 Jul 01/94
4 Jul 01/94
5 Jul 01/94
6 Jul 01/94

02–L.E.P.
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY REVISIONS

TEMPORARY ISSUE TEMPORARY ISSUE TEMPORARY ISSUE


REV. No. DATE REV. No. DATE REV. No. DATE

02–L.E.T.R.
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

CHAPTER 02

AIRCRAFT REPORTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUBJECT CH/SE/SU PAGE

AIRCRAFT REPORTS 02–00

GENERAL 02–00–00
DELIVERY WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORTS 02–00–10
Delivery Weight and Balance Report 1

WEIGHT CHANGE RECORD FORM 02–00–20


Weight Change Record Form (lb) 1
Weight Change Record Form (kg) 1

WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT 02–00–30


Weight and Balance Report 1

EQUIPMENT LIST 02–00–40


General 1
Example 2

ZONING 02–00–50

02–CONTENTS
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

AIRCRAFT REPORTS
GENERAL
For each aircraft, the following weight and balance documents will be attached to the ”Aircraft Delivery
Documents” at aircraft factory delivery.
A. Weight and Balance Report
This report will show aircraft delivery Basic Empty Weight (BEW) and corresponding CG.
Examples of the content of these reports are given on the following pages, relating to one particular
aircraft and its Equipment List.
B. Equipment List
This listing of equipment defines the aircraft configuration when the BEW is established at the time
of delivery. Items installed on the aircraft are marked with a check, and with a zero (0), for items not
installed.
Each listed item is described with weight and moment in US units, ATA–100 section and aircraft
zoning location.
C. Zoning
The purpose of this part of the chapter is to provide a logical area breakdown of the aircraft for
quick location of items and components.

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–00
Page 1
Oct 01/91
Weight and Balance Manual

AIRCRAFT REPORTS
DELIVERY WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORTS
1. Delivery Weight and Balance Report
REF. FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–10
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT


Aircraft Model:
Serial No:
Registration Marks:

Weighed by: Date:


Inspector

Approved by: Date:


for Lennart Danielsson
Senior Engineer Weight and Balance

Please insert under tab divider 02–00–10 of Weight and Balance Manual:
– Weight and Balance Report
– Equipment list

This page shall be replaced by


the Weight and Balance Report
of the particular aircraft, found in
the Aircraft Delivery Documents.

Saab Aircraft AB

SE–581 88 Linköping Sweden Telephone: int + 46 13 18 20 00 Telefax: int + 46 13 18 44 95

A17649
DELIVERY WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–10
Page 2
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

AIRCRAFT REPORTS
WEIGHT CHANGE RECORD FORM
1. Weight Change Record Form (lb)
REF. FIG. 1
2. Weight Change Record Form (kg)
REF. FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–20
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

A10718
WEIGHT CHANGE RECORD FORM (lb)
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–20
Page 2
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

A10719
WEIGHT CHANGE RECORD FORM (kg)
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–20
Page 3
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

AIRCRAFT REPORTS
WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
1. Weight and Balance Report
REF. FIG. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–30
Page 1
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT Page 1


Inspected by Date A/C Model

Reg. Marks Serial No

Weighing and determining CG, using jackstand weighing method.


Jack Scale reading Tare Weight STA Moment
lb in
location lb lb lb in 100

Nose 215.0

Wing LH 465.5

Wing RH 465.5

Total aircraft as weighed

Total moment
Formula: CG expressed in STA location= x 100
100
Total A/C weight
CG position expressed in % MAC can be evaluated from formula in
Weight and Balance Manual part 1, 01–00–70 page 1 and 2.

DATUM STA 215.0 STA 465.5


LINE
STA 0.0

BL 0.0
WS 80.7 WS 80.7

A7125
WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–30
Page 2
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT Page 1


Inspected by Date A/C Model

Reg. Marks Serial No

Weighing and determining CG, using jackstand weighing method.


Jack Scale reading Tare Weight STA Moment
kg in
location kg kg kg in 100

Nose 215.0

Wing LH 465.5

Wing RH 465.5

Total aircraft as weighed

Total moment
Formula: CG expressed in STA location= x 100
100
Total A/C weight
CG position expressed in % MAC can be evaluated from formula in
Weight and Balance Manual part 1, 01–00–70 page 1 and 2.
DATUM STA 215.0 STA 465.5
LINE
STA 0.0

BL 0.0
WS 80.7 WS 80.7

A10318
WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–30
Page 3
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT Page 1A


Inspected by Date A/C Model

Reg. Marks Serial No

Weighing and determining CG.

Scale reading Tare Weight STA Moment


Gear lb in
lb lb lb in 100

Nose

Main LH

Main RH

Total aircraft

Total moment
Formula: CG expressed in STA location= x 100
100
Total A/C weight
CG position expressed in % MAC can be evaluated from formula in
Weight and Balance Manual part 1, 01–00–70 page 1 and 2.

DATUM 7/64 in (3mm)


LINE
STA 0.0

WL 92.91

STA 215.5

A B

A=
B=

Nose STA: 215.5– =


Main STA:215.5+ =

A7126
WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–30
Page 4
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT Page 1A


Inspected by Date A/C Model

Reg. Marks Serial No

Weighing and determining CG.

Scale reading Tare Weight STA Moment


Gear kg in
kg kg kg in 100

Nose

Main LH

Main RH

Total aircraft

Total moment
Formula: CG expressed in STA location= x 100
100
Total A/C weight
CG position expressed in % MAC can be evaluated from formula in
Weight and Balance Manual part 1, 01–00–70 page 1 and 2.

DATUM 7/64 in (3mm)


LINE
STA 0.0

WL 92.91

STA 215.5

A B

A=
B=

Nose STA: 215.5– =


Main STA:215.5+ =

A10319
WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–30
Page 5
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT Page 2


Inspected by Date A/C Model

Reg. Marks Serial No.

Description Weight ARM Moment lb in


lb in 100

A7229
WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–30
Page 6
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT Page 2


Inspected by Date A/C Model

Reg. Marks Serial No.

Description Weight ARM Moment kg in


kg in 100

A10320
WEIGHT AND BALANCE REPORT
FIG. 6

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–30
Page 7
Apr 01/98
Weight and Balance Manual

AIRCRAFT REPORTS
EQUIPMENT LIST
1. General
The actual checked Equipment List for each delivered aircraft will be found in Aircraft Delivery
Documentation.
The Equipment List pages are identified by Weight and Balance Manual numbering 02–00–10 page 4
onwards.

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–40
Page 1
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

2. Example

EQUIPMENT CHECK LIST Record of checking


Item present will be acknowledged with check mark (V)
Item NOT present will be acknowledged with check mark (0) Date/Initials

Zone/ ATA–100 Description


Item Section Part number Weight Arm Moment
Vendor number each STA 100
lbs in lb in

210/53 77–10 Propeller speed ind 9302473–001 0.6 160 2 2


Weston 522375
210/54 77–10 Gas gen speed ind 9302474–001 0.6 160 2 2
Weston 522376

210/55 77–20 Inter turbine temp ind 9302476–001 0.8 160 2 2


Weston 522381

210/56 79–30 Oil press/temp (eng) ind 9302478–001 0.9 160 3 2


Weston 522372

210/57 79–30 Oil press/temp (prop) ind 9302481–001 0.9 160 3 2


Weston 522373

210/58 73–30 Fuel flow indicator 9302481–001 0.9 160 3 2

28–40 Fuel indicator 9302751–001 0.6 160 2 2


210/59

210/60 32–60 Landing gear panel 9302224–002 1.2 160 2 1


Page D494–01001

210/61 28–40 Handfire extinguisher 9302554–001 5.1 215 11 1

210/62 25–60 Fire axe 9302555–001 2.4 215 5 1

210/63 25–10 Stowage box 7292002–851 1.5 205 6 2

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–40
Page 2
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

AIRCRAFT REPORTS
ZONING
Zones shall be identified by use of the following numbering system.
NOTE: One digit of the zone number shall indicate, where applicable, left or right zones by the use of
an odd digit for left side, even digit for right side. Zones straddling the centerline may be
assigned an odd or even zone number (preferentially odd).
Major Zone No Area
100 Lower half of fuselage to aft cargo compartment. (Lower half defined as that
area below the main cabin deck).

200 Upper half of fuselage to aft cargo compartment. (Upper half defined as that
area above the main cabin deck).

300 Empennage.

400 Powerplants and Struts.

500 Left Wing.

600 Right Wing.

700 Landing Gear and Landing Gear Doors.

800 Doors.
Division of the 100series zones into sub–zones shall be accomplished by using the second digit in the
zone number. For example, Zone 300 may be sub–zoned as follows:
Major Sub–Zone No Area
310 Fuselage aft of cargo compartment aft bulkhead.

320 Vertical stabilizer and rudder.

330 Left horizontal stabilizer and elevator.

340 Right horizontal stabilizer and elevator.

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–50
Page 1
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

A7119
MAJOR ZONES
FIG. 1

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–50
Page 2
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

510/610

A7120
SUB–ZONES, FUSELAGE, WINGS AND NACELLES
FIG. 2

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–50
Page 3
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

A7122
SUB–ZONES, TAIL AND STABILIZERS
FIG. 3

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–50
Page 4
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

Instrument panels, (zone 210)


Figures refer to Equipment Check List, section 02–00–40. (Figures in brackets indicate alternative
equipment).

A7123
INTRUMENT PANEL
FIG. 4

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–50
Page 5
Jul 01/94
Weight and Balance Manual

A7124
AVIONIC RACK (ZONE 220)
FIG. 5

EFFECTIVITY: 02–00–50
Page 6
Jul 01/94

You might also like